FUNDAMENTALS OF
3D DESIGN AND SIMULATION
SOLIDWORKS EDUCATION EDITION 2021-2022
ENG
Fund3D.book Page 1 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS
Education Edition
Fundamentals of 3D Design and
Simulation
To be used with SOLIDWORKS Education Edition
2020-2021 or 2021-2022
Dassault Systèmes SolidWorks Corporation
175 Wyman Street
Waltham, MA 02451 U.S.A.
Fund3D.book Page 2 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
© 1995-2019, Dassault Systemes SolidWorks Corporation, a
Dassault Systèmes SE company, 175 Wyman Street, Waltham,
Mass. 02451 USA. All Rights Reserved.
The information and the software discussed in this document are
subject to change without notice and are not commitments by
Dassault Systemes SolidWorks Corporation (DS SolidWorks).
No material may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by
any means, electronically or manually, for any purpose without
the express written permission of DS SolidWorks.
The software discussed in this document is furnished under a
license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
terms of the license. All warranties given by DS SolidWorks as
to the software and documentation are set forth in the license
agreement, and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or
its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification or
amendment of any terms, including warranties, in the license
agreement.
Patent Notices
SOLIDWORKS® 3D mechanical CAD and/or Simulation
software is protected by U.S. Patents 6,611,725; 6,844,877;
6,898,560; 6,906,712; 7,079,990; 7,477,262; 7,558,705;
7,571,079; 7,590,497; 7,643,027; 7,672,822; 7,688,318;
7,694,238; 7,853,940; 8,305,376; 8,581,902; 8,817,028;
8,910,078; 9,129,083; 9,153,072; 9,262,863; 9,465,894;
9,646,412; 9,870,436; 10,055,083; 10,073,600; 10,235,493 and
foreign patents, (e.g., EP 1,116,190 B1 and JP 3,517,643).
eDrawings® software is protected by U.S. Patent 7,184,044;
U.S. Patent 7,502,027; and Canadian Patent 2,318,706.
U.S. and foreign patents pending.
Trademarks and Product Names for SOLIDWORKS
Products and Services
SOLIDWORKS, 3D ContentCentral, 3D PartStream.NET,
eDrawings, and the eDrawings logo are registered trademarks
and FeatureManager is a jointly owned registered trademark of
DS SolidWorks.
CircuitWorks, FloXpress, PhotoView 360, and TolAnalyst are
trademarks of DS SolidWorks.
FeatureWorks is a registered trademark of HCL Technologies
Ltd.
SOLIDWORKS 2020, SOLIDWORKS Standard,
SOLIDWORKS Professional, SOLIDWORKS Premium,
SOLIDWORKS PDM Professional, SOLIDWORKS PDM
Standard, SOLIDWORKS Simulation Standard,
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Professional, SOLIDWORKS
Simulation Premium, SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation,
SOLIDWORKS CAM, SOLIDWORKS Manage, eDrawings
Viewer, eDrawings Professional, SOLIDWORKS Sustainability,
SOLIDWORKS Plastics, SOLIDWORKS Electrical Schematic
Standard, SOLIDWORKS Electrical Schematic Professional,
SOLIDWORKS Electrical 3D, SOLIDWORKS Electrical
Professional, CircuitWorks, SOLIDWORKS Composer,
SOLIDWORKS Inspection, SOLIDWORKS MBD,
SOLIDWORKS PCB powered by Altium, SOLIDWORKS PCB
Connector powered by Altium, and SOLIDWORKS Visualize
are product names of DS SolidWorks.
Other brand or product names are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective holders.
COMMERCIAL COMPUTER SOFTWARE - PROPRIETARY
The Software is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48
C.F.R. 2.101 (OCT 1995), consisting of “commercial computer
software” and “commercial software documentation” as such
terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (SEPT 1995) and is provided
to the U.S. Government (a) for acquisition by or on behalf of
civilian agencies, consistent with the policy set forth in 48 C.F.R.
12.212; or (b) for acquisition by or on behalf of units of the
Department of Defense, consistent with the policies set forth in
48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 (JUN 1995) and 227.7202-4 (JUN 1995).
In the event that you receive a request from any agency of the
U.S. Government to provide Software with rights beyond those
set forth above, you will notify DS SolidWorks of the scope of
the request and DS SolidWorks will have five (5) business days
to, in its sole discretion, accept or reject such request. Contractor/
Manufacturer: Dassault Systemes SolidWorks Corporation, 175
Wyman Street, Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 USA.
Copyright Notices for SOLIDWORKS Standard, Premium,
Professional, and Education Products
Portions of this software © 1986-2018 Siemens Product
Lifecycle Management Software Inc. All rights reserved.
This work contains the following software owned by Siemens
Industry Software Limited:
D-Cubed® 2D DCM © 2019. Siemens Industry Software
Limited. All Rights Reserved.
D-Cubed® 3D DCM © 2019. Siemens Industry Software
Limited. All Rights Reserved.
D-Cubed® PGM © 2019. Siemens Industry Software Limited.
All Rights Reserved.
D-Cubed® CDM © 2019. Siemens Industry Software Limited.
All Rights Reserved.
D-Cubed® AEM © 2019. Siemens Industry Software Limited.
All Rights Reserved.
Portions of this software © 1998-2019 HCL Technologies Ltd.
Portions of this software incorporate PhysX™ by NVIDIA 20062010.
Portions of this software © 2001-2019 Luxology, LLC. All rights
reserved, patents pending.
Portions of this software © 2007-2019 DriveWorks Ltd. © 2012,
Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Includes Adobe® PDF Library technology.
Copyright 1984-2016 Adobe Systems Inc. and its licensors. All
rights reserved. Protected by U.S. Patents 6,563,502; 6,639,593;
6,754,382; Patents Pending.
Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat, the Adobe PDF logo, Distiller
and Reader are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe
Systems Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
For more DS SolidWorks copyright information, see Help >
About SOLIDWORKS.
Copyright Notices for SOLIDWORKS Simulation Products
Portions of this software © 2008 Solversoft Corporation.
PCGLSS © 1992-2017 Computational Applications and System
Integration, Inc. All rights reserved.
Copyright Notices for SOLIDWORKS PDM Professional
Product
Outside In® Viewer Technology, © 1992-2012 Oracle © 2012,
Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Copyright Notices for eDrawings Products
Portions of this software © 2000-2014 Tech Soft 3D.
Portions of this software © 1995-1998 Jean-Loup Gailly and
Mark Adler.
Portions of this software © 1998-2001 3Dconnexion.
Portions of this software © 1998-2017 Open Design Alliance.
All rights reserved.
The eDrawings® for Windows® software is based in part on the
work of the Independent JPEG Group.
Portions of eDrawings® for iPad® copyright © 1996-1999
Silicon Graphics Systems, Inc.
Portions of eDrawings® for iPad® copyright © 2003 – 2005
Apple Computer Inc.
Copyright Notices for SOLIDWORKS PCB Products
Portions of this software © 2017-2018 Altium Limited.
Copyright Notices for SOLIDWORKS Visualize Products
NVIDIA GameWorks™ Technology provided under license
from NVIDIA Corporation. Copyright © 2002-2015 NVIDIA
Corporation. All rights reserved.
Document Number: PME-F3DDS105-ENG
Fund3D.book Page i Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Contents
Introduction
To the Teacher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SOLIDWORKS Tutorials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
My SOLIDWORKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Certification Exams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Training Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educator Resources link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Course Design Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Conventions Used in this Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Use of Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Graphics and Graphics Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Color Schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Lesson 1:
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
What is the SOLIDWORKS Software? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Design Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Examples of Design Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
How Features Affect Design Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
File References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
File Reference Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
i
Fund3D.book Page ii Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Contents
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Opening Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Computer Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
The SOLIDWORKS User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Welcome Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Pull-down Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Using the Command Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Adding and Removing CommandManager Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
FeatureManager Design Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
PropertyManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Full Path Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Selection Breadcrumbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Task Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Opening Labs with the File Explorer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Heads-up View Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Unselectable Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Mouse Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Keyboard Shortcuts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Multiple Monitor Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
System Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Lesson 2:
Introduction to Sketching
2D Sketching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Saving Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Save As . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Save As Copy to Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Save As Copy and Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
What are We Going to Sketch? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sketching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Default Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sketch Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Sketch Geometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Basic Sketching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
The Mechanics of Sketching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Inference Lines (Automatic Relations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Sketch Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Status of a Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ii
Fund3D.book Page iii Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Contents
Rules That Govern Sketches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Design Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
What Controls Design Intent?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Desired Design Intent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sketch Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Automatic Sketch Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Added Sketch Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Examples of Sketch Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Selecting Multiple Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Dimensioning: Selection and Preview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Angular Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Instant 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Extrude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Sketching Guidelines† . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Exercise 1: Sketch and Extrude 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Exercise 2: Sketch and Extrude 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Exercise 3: Sketch and Extrude 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Exercise 4: Sketch and Extrude 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Exercise 5: Sketch and Extrude 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Exercise 6: Sketch and Extrude 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Lesson 3:
Basic Part Modeling
Basic Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Extrusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Boss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fillets and Rounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Design Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Choosing the Best Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Choosing the Sketch Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Placement of the Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
iii
Fund3D.book Page iv Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Contents
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Details of the Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Standard Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Main Bosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Best Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Sketch Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Design Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Sketching the First Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Extrude Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Renaming Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Boss Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Sketching on a Planar Face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Sketching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Tangent Arc Intent Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Autotransitioning Between Lines and Arcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cut Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
View Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Using the Hole Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Creating a Standard Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Counterbore Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Filleting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Filleting Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Editing Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Editing a Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Selecting Multiple Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Editing Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fillet Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Rollback Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Detailing Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Settings Used in the Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
CommandManager Tabs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
New Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Drawing Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Tangent Edges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Moving Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
iv
Fund3D.book Page v Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Contents
Center Marks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Dimensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Driving Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Driven Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Manipulating Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Associativity Between the Model and the Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Changing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Rebuilding the Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Exercise 7: Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Exercise 8: Cuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Exercise 9: Basic-Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Exercise 10: Base Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Exercise 11: Part Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Lesson 4:
Patterning
Why Use Patterns? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Pattern Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Linear Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Flyout FeatureManager Design Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Skipping Instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Geometry Patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Performance Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Circular Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Reference Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Planes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Mirror Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Patterning a Solid Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Using Pattern Seed Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Up To Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Sketch Driven Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Automatic Dimensioning of Sketches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Exercise 12: Linear Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Exercise 13: Sketch Driven Patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Exercise 14: Skipping Instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Exercise 15: Linear and Mirror Patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Exercise 16: Circular Patterns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Exercise 17: Axes and Multiple Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
v
Fund3D.book Page vi Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Contents
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5:
Revolved Features
Case Study: Handwheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Design Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Revolved Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Sketch Geometry of the Revolved Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Rules Governing Sketches of Revolved Features. . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Special Dimensioning Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Diameter Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Creating the Revolved Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Building the Rim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Multibody Solids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Building the Spoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Edge Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Chamfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
RealView Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Edit Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Mass Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Mass Properties as Custom Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
File Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Classes of File Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Creating File Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Uses of File Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Using SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
The SimulationXpress Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Phase 1: Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Phase 2: Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Phase 3: Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Phase 4: Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Phase 5: Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Phase 6: Optimize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Updating the Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Results, Reports and eDrawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
vi
Fund3D.book Page vii Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Contents
Exercise 18: Flange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Exercise 19: Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Exercise 20: Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Exercise 21: Ellipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Exercise 22: Sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Slide Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Cotter Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Paper Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Mitered Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Exercise 23: SimulationXpress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Lesson 6:
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Case Study: Universal Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Bottom-Up Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
The Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Creating a New Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Position of the First Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
FeatureManager Design Tree and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Degrees of Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Component Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
State of the component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Adding Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Insert Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Moving and Rotating Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Mating Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Mate Types and Alignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Mating Concentric and Coincident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Width Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Rotating Inserted Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Using the Component Preview Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Parallel Mate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Dynamic Assembly Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Displaying Part Configurations in an Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
The Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Using Part Configurations in Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
The Second Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Opening a Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Creating Copies of Instances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Component Hiding and Transparency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Component Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
vii
Fund3D.book Page viii Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Contents
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Smart Mates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Inserting Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Mating Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Distance Mates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Unit System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Pack and Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Exercise 24: Mates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Exercise 25: Gripe Grinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Exercise 26: Using Hide and Show Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Exercise 27: Part Configurations in an Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Exercise 28: U-Joint Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Lesson 7:
The Analysis Process
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
The Analysis Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Case Study: Stress in a Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Project Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Plot Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Preprocessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
New Study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Assigning Material Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Fixture Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
External Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Size and Color of Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Preprocessing Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Meshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Standard Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Curvature Based Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Blended Curvature Based Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Mesh Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Element Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Minimum Number of Elements in a Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Mesh Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
viii
Fund3D.book Page ix Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Contents
Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Postprocessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Result Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Editing Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Nodal vs. Element Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Show as Tensor Plot Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Average stresses at mid-nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Modifying Result Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Other Plot Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Other Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Multiple Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Creating New Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Copy Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Check Convergence and Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Results Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Comparison with Analytical Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Exercise 29: Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Exercise 30: Compressive Spring Stiffness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Exercise 31: Container Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Lesson 8:
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Basic Motion Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Case Study: Car Jack Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Problem Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Driving Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Understanding Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Applied Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Force Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Force Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Case 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Case 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Case 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Plot Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Sub-Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Resizing Plots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Exercise 32: 3D Fourbar Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
ix
Fund3D.book Page x Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Contents
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9:
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Case Study: Manifold Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Problem Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Stages in the Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Model Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Internal Flow Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
External Flow Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Manifold Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Lid Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Manual Lid Creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Adding a Lid to a Part File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Adding a Lid to an Assembly File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Checking the Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Internal Fluid Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Invalid Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Project Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Reference Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Exclude Cavities Without Flow Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Adiabatic Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Roughness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Computational Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Load Results Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Monitoring the Solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Goal Plot Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Warning Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Post-processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Scaling the Limits of the Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Changing Legend Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Orientation of the Legend, Logarithmic Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
x
Fund3D.book Page 1 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Introduction
1
Fund3D.book Page 2 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Introduction
To the Teacher
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The SOLIDWORKS Education Edition - Fundamentals of 3D Design
and Simulation manual is designed to assist you in teaching
SOLIDWORKS and SOLIDWORKS Simulation in an academic
setting. This guide offers a competency-based approach to teaching 3D
design concepts, analysis and techniques.
Qualified schools on subscription have access to the eBook at no cost
to students. Contact your SOLIDWORKS Value Added Reseller to
obtain access.
SOLIDWORKS
Tutorials
The SOLIDWORKS Education Edition
- Fundamentals of 3D Design and
Simulation manual also supplements
the SOLIDWORKS Tutorials.
Accessing the
SOLIDWORKS
Tutorials
To start the SOLIDWORKS Tutorials, click Help, SOLIDWORKS
Tutorials. The SOLIDWORKS window is resized and a second
window appears next to it with a list of the available tutorials. There are
over 40 lessons in the SOLIDWORKS Tutorials. As you move the
pointer over the links, an illustration of the tutorial will appear at the
bottom of the window. Click the desired link to start that tutorial.
TIP: When you use SOLIDWORKS Simulation to perform analysis,
click Help, SOLIDWORKS Simulation, Tutorials to access
over 50 lessons and over 80 verification problems. Click
Tools, Add-ins to activate SOLIDWORKS Simulation,
SOLIDWORKS Motion, and SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation.
2
Fund3D.book Page 3 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Conventions
Introduction
Set your screen resolution to 1280x1024 for optimal viewing of the
tutorials.
The following icons appear in the tutorials:
Moves to the next screen in the tutorial.
Represents a note or tip. It is not a link; the information is below
the icon. Notes and tips provide time-saving steps and helpful hints.
You can click most buttons that appear in the lessons to flash the
corresponding SOLIDWORKS button.
Open File or Set this option automatically opens the file or sets
the option.
A closer look at... links to more information about a topic.
Although not required to complete the tutorial, it offers more detail on
the subject.
Why did I... links to more information about a procedure, and
the reasons for the method given. This information is not required to
complete the tutorial.
Show me... demonstrates with a video.
Printing the
SOLIDWORKS
Tutorials
If you like, you can print the SOLIDWORKS Tutorials by following
this procedure:
1. On the tutorial navigation toolbar, click Show.
This displays the table of contents for the SOLIDWORKS
Tutorials.
2. Right-click the book representing the lesson you wish to print and
select Print... from the shortcut menu.
The Print Topics dialog box appears.
3. Select Print the selected heading and all subtopics, and click
OK.
4. Repeat this process for each lesson that you want to print.
3
Fund3D.book Page 4 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Introduction
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
My SOLIDWORKS
My.SolidWorks.com is a community website to share, connect, and
learn everything about SOLIDWORKS. My SOLIDWORKS learning
contains additional video lessons and individual learning paths for your
students.
Certification
Exams
The Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate(CSWA) - Academic program
provides free certification exams for you or your students in a
proctored setting. Achieving CSWA proves the fundamentals of
engineering design competency. Employers verify students job ready
credentials through our online virtual tester. Schools that provide two
or more courses in SOLIDWORKS-based instruction can also apply to
be a Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional(CSWP) - Academic
Provider.
More information and to apply can be found at
www.solidworks.com/cswa-academic.
Training Files
A complete set of the various files used throughout the course can be
downloaded from the following website:
www.solidworks.com/EDU_Fundamentals3DDesignSim
The files are organized by lesson number. The Case Study folder
within each lesson contains the files you need when presenting the
lessons. The Exercises folder contains any files that are required for
doing the laboratory exercises.
Educator
Resources link
The Instructors Curriculum link on the SOLIDWORKS Resources
tab of the Task Pane includes substantial supporting materials to aid
in your course presentation. Accessing this page requires a login
account for the SOLIDWORKS Customer Portal. These supporting
materials afford you flexibility in scope, depth, and presentation.
1. Start SOLIDWORKS.
Using the Start menu, start the SOLIDWORKS application.
2. SOLIDWORKS Content.
Click SOLIDWORKS Resources
to
open the SOLIDWORKS Resources Task
Pane.
Click on the Instructors Curriculum link
which will take you to the
SOLIDWORKS Customer Portal web
page.
4
Fund3D.book Page 5 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Prerequisites
Introduction
Students attending this course are expected to have the following:



Mechanical design experience.
Experience with the Windows® operating system.
Completed the online tutorials that are integrated in the
SOLIDWORKS software. You can access the online tutorials by
clicking Help, Online Tutorial.
Course Design
Philosophy
This course is designed around a process- or task-based approach to
training. A process-based training course emphasizes the processes and
procedures you follow to complete a particular task. By utilizing case
studies to illustrate these processes, you learn the necessary commands,
options and menus in the context of completing a task.
A Note About
Dimensions
The drawings and dimensions given in the lab exercises are not intended
to reflect any particular drafting standard. In fact, sometimes dimensions
are given in a fashion that would never be considered acceptable in
industry. The reason for this is the labs are designed to encourage you to
apply the information covered in class and to employ and reinforce
certain techniques in modeling. As a result, the drawings and dimensions
in the exercises are done in a way that complements this objective.
Conventions Used
in this Book
This manual uses the following typographic conventions:
Convention
Bold Sans Serif
Meaning
SOLIDWORKS commands and options
appear in this style. For example, Features >
Extruded Cut
means click the Extruded
Cut icon on the Features tab of the
CommandManager.
Typewriter
17 Do this step
Windows
Feature names and file names appear in this
style. For example, Sketch1.
Double lines precede and follow sections of
the procedures. This provides separation
between the steps of the procedure and large
blocks of explanatory text. The steps
themselves are numbered in sans serif bold.
The screen shots in this manual were made using the SOLIDWORKS
software running a mixture of Windows® 7 and Windows 10. You may
notice slight differences in the appearance of the menus and windows.
These differences do not affect the performance of the software.
5
Fund3D.book Page 6 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Introduction
Use of Color
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The SOLIDWORKS user interface makes extensive use of color to
highlight selected geometry and to provide you with visual feedback.
This greatly increases the intuitiveness and ease of use of the
SOLIDWORKS software. To take maximum advantage of this, the
training manuals are printed in full color.
Also, in many cases, we have used
additional color in the illustrations to
communicate concepts, identify
features, and otherwise convey
important information. For example,
we might show the result of a filleting
operation with the fillets in a different
color even though, by default, the
SOLIDWORKS software would not display the results in that way.
Graphics and
Graphics Cards
The SOLIDWORKS software sets a new
standard with best-in-class graphics. The
combination of a highly reflective
material and the realism of RealView
Graphics is an effective tool for
evaluating the quality of advanced part
models and surfaces.
RealView Graphics is hardware
(graphics card) support of advanced
shading in real time. For example, if you
rotate a part, it retains its rendered appearance throughout the rotation.
Color Schemes
Out of the box, the SOLIDWORKS software provides several
predefined color schemes that control, among other things, the colors
used for highlighted items, selected items, sketch relation symbols, and
shaded previews of features.
We have not used the same color scheme for every case study and
exercise because some colors are more visible and clear than others
when used with different colored parts.
In addition, we have changed the viewport background to plain white
so that the illustrations reproduce better on white paper.
As a result, because the color settings on your computer may be
different than the ones used by the authors of this book, the images you
see on your screen may not exactly match those in the book.
User Interface
Appearance
6
Throughout the development of the software, there have been some
cosmetic User Interface changes, intended to improve visibility, that do
not affect the function of the software. As a policy, dialog images in the
manuals which exhibit no functional change from the previous version
are not replaced. As such, you may see a mixture of current and “old”
UI dialogs and color schemes.
Fund3D.book Page 7 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the
User Interface
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Describe the key characteristics of a feature-based, parametric solid
modeler.

Distinguish between sketched and applied features.

Identify the principal components of the SOLIDWORKS user
interface.

Explain how different dimensioning methodologies convey
different design intents.
7
Fund3D.book Page 8 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
What is the
SOLIDWORKS
Software?
SOLIDWORKS mechanical design automation software is a featurebased, parametric solid modeling design tool which takes advantage of
the easy to learn Windows graphical user interface. You can create fully
associative 3D solid models with or without constraints while utilizing
automatic or user defined relations to capture design intent.
The italicized terms in the previous paragraph mean:

Feature-based
Just as an assembly is made up of a number of individual piece parts, a
SOLIDWORKS model is also made up of individual constituent
elements. These elements are called features.
When you create a model using the SOLIDWORKS software, you
work with intelligent, easy to understand geometric features such as
bosses, cuts, holes, ribs, fillets, chamfers, and drafts. As the features are
created they are applied directly to the work piece.
Features can be classified as either sketched or applied.

Sketched Features: Based upon a 2D sketch. Generally that sketch
is transformed into a solid by extrusion, rotation, sweeping or
lofting.

Applied Features: Created directly on the solid model. Fillets and
chamfers are examples of this type of feature.
The SOLIDWORKS software graphically shows you the feature-based
structure of your model in a special window called the
FeatureManager® design tree. The FeatureManager design tree not only
shows you the sequence in which the features were created, it gives you
easy access to all the underlying associated information. You will learn
more about the FeatureManager design tree throughout this course.
To illustrate the concept of featurebased modeling, consider the part
shown at the right:
This part can be visualized as a
collection of several different
features – some of which add
material, like the cylindrical boss,
and some which remove material,
like the blind hole.
8
Fund3D.book Page 9 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
If we were to map the individual features to their corresponding listing
in the FeatureManager design tree, it would look like this:

Parametric
The dimensions and relations used to create a feature are captured and
stored in the model. This not only enables you to capture your design
intent, it also enables you to quickly and easily make changes to the
model.


Driving Dimensions: These are the dimensions used when creating
a feature. They include the dimensions associated with the sketch
geometry, as well as those associated with the feature itself. A
simple example of this would be a feature like a cylindrical boss.
The diameter of the boss is controlled by the diameter of the
sketched circle. The height of the boss is controlled by the depth to
which that circle was extruded when the feature was made.

Relations: These include such information as parallelism, tangency,
and concentricity. Historically, this type of information has been
communicated on drawings via feature control symbols. By
capturing this in the sketch, SOLIDWORKS enables you to fully
capture your design intent up front, in the model.
Solid Modeling
A solid model is the most complete type of geometric model used in
CAD systems. It contains all the wire frame and surface geometry
necessary to fully describe the edges and faces of the model. In addition
to the geometric information, it has the information called topology that
relates the geometry together. An example of topology would be which
faces (surfaces) meet at which edge (curve). This intelligence makes
operations such a filleting as easy as selecting an edge and specifying a
radius.
9
Fund3D.book Page 10 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface

Fully Associative
A SOLIDWORKS model is fully associative to the drawings and
assemblies that reference it. Changes to the model are automatically
reflected in the associated drawings and assemblies. Likewise, you can
make changes in the context of the drawing or assembly and know that
those changes will be reflected back in the model.

Constraints
Geometric relationships such as parallel, perpendicular, horizontal,
vertical, concentric, and coincident are just some of the constraints
supported in SOLIDWORKS. In addition, equations can be used to
establish mathematical relationships among parameters. By using
constraints and equations, you can guarantee that design concepts such
as through holes or equal radii are captured and maintained.

Design Intent
The final italicized term is design intent. This subject is worthy of its
own section, as follows.
Design Intent
In order to use a parametric modeler like SOLIDWORKS efficiently,
you must consider the design intent before modeling. Design intent is
your plan as to how the model should behave when it is changed. The
way in which the model is created governs how it will be changed.
Several factors contribute to how you capture design intent:

Automatic (sketch) Relations
Based on how geometry is sketched, these relations can provide
common geometric relationships between objects such as parallel,
perpendicular, horizontal, and vertical.

Equations
Used to relate dimensions algebraically, they provide an external way
to force changes.

Added Relations
Added to the model as it is created, relations provide another way to
connect related geometry. Some common relations are concentric,
tangent, coincident, and collinear.

Dimensioning
Consider your design intent when applying dimensions to a sketch.
What are the dimensions that should drive the design? What values are
known? Which are important for the production of the model? The way
dimensions are applied to the model will determine how the geometry
will change if modifications are made.
Consider the design intent in the following examples.
10
Fund3D.book Page 11 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Examples of
Design Intent
The design intent of each sketch below is slightly different. How will
the geometry be affected if the overall plate width, 100mm, is
changed?
A sketch dimensioned like this will keep
the holes 20mm from each end regardless
of the width of the plate.
Baseline dimensions like this will keep the
holes positioned relative to the left edge of
the plate. The positions of the holes are not
affected by changes in the overall width of
the plate.
Dimensioning from the edge and from
center to center will maintain the distance
between the hole centers and allow it to be
changed that way.
How Features
Affect Design
Intent
Design intent is affected by more than just
how a sketch is dimensioned. The choice of
features and the modeling methodology are
also important. For example, consider the
case of a simple stepped shaft as shown at
the right. There are several ways a part like
this could be built and each way creates a
part that is geometrically identical.
The “Layer Cake”
Approach
The layer cake approach builds the part one piece at a time, adding each
layer, or feature, onto the previous one, like this:
Changing the thickness of one layer has a ripple effect, changing the
position of all the other layers that were created after it.
11
Fund3D.book Page 12 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
The “Potter’s
Wheel” Approach
The potter’s wheel approach builds the part as
a single, revolved feature. A single sketch
representing the cross section includes all the
information and dimensions necessary to make
the part as one feature. While this approach
may seem very efficient, having all the design
information contained within a single feature
limits flexibility and can make changes awkward.
The Manufacturing
Approach
The manufacturing approach to modeling mimics the way the part
would be manufactured. For example, if this stepped shaft was turned
on a lathe, you would start with a piece of bar stock and remove
material using a series of cuts.
There is not really a right or wrong answer when trying to determine
which approach to use. SOLIDWORKS allows for great flexibility and
making changes to models is relatively easy. But creating models with
design intent in mind will result in well built documents that are easily
modifiable and well suited for re-use, making your job easier.
File References
SOLIDWORKS creates files that are compound documents that
contain elements from other files. File references are created by linking
files rather than duplicating information in multiple files.
Referenced files do not have to be stored with the document that
references them. In most practical applications, the referenced
documents are stored in multiple locations on the computer or network.
SOLIDWORKS provides several tools to determine the references that
exist and their location.
12
Fund3D.book Page 13 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Object Linking and
Embedding (OLE)
In the Windows environment, information sharing between files can be
handled either by linking or embedding the information.
The main differences between linked objects and embedded objects are
where the data is stored and how you update the data after you place it
in the destination file.
When an object is linked, information is updated only if the source file
is modified. Linked data is stored in the source file. The destination file
stores only the location of the source file (an external reference), and it
displays a representation of the linked data.
Linked Objects
Linking is also useful when you want to include information that is
maintained independently, such as data collected by a different
department.
Embedded Objects
When you embed an object, information in the destination file doesn't
change if you modify the source file. Embedded objects become part of
the destination file and, once inserted, are no longer part of the source
file.
File Reference
Example
The many different types of external references created by
SOLIDWORKS are shown in the following graphic. Some of the
references can be linked or embedded.
Drawing
e
Fil
ble
Fi
le
Re
fe
re
nc
e
Part
ren
efe
ce
ren
Fil
eR
efe
eR
Library Feature
Derived Part
F il
er
ind
B
n
sig
De
Split Part
Assembly
In-Context Reference
ce
Design
Ta
R
ce
en
r
efe
Mirror Part
Insert Part
13
Fund3D.book Page 14 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Opening Files
SOLIDWORKS is a RAM-resident CAD system. Whenever a file is
opened, it is copied from its storage location to the computer’s Random
Access Memory or RAM. All changes to the file are made to the copy
in RAM and only written back to the original files during a Save
operation.
Open
RAM
Fixed Disk
Save
Computer Memory
To better understand where files are stored and which copy of the file
we are working on, it is important to differentiate between the two main
types of computer memory.
Random Access
Memory
Random Access Memory (RAM) is the volatile memory of the
computer. This memory only stores information when the computer is
operating. When the computer is turned off, any information in RAM is
lost.
Fixed Memory
Fixed memory is all the non-volatile memory. This includes computer
hard drives, flash drives and CD/DVD drives. Fixed memory holds its
information even when the computer is not running.
14
Fund3D.book Page 15 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
The
SOLIDWORKS
User Interface
The SOLIDWORKS user interface is a native Windows interface, and
as such behaves in the same manner as other Windows applications.
Some of the more important aspects of the interface are identified
below.
Menu Bar
Menu Bar pull-downs
FeatureManager
design tree
Graphics Area
Document Window
CommandManager Tabs
Heads-up
View Toolbar
Task Pane
Reference Triad
Status Bar
Welcome Dialog
Box
The Welcome dialog box opens with SOLIDWORKS to provide
convenient ways to create new documents, open existing documents,
and access SOLIDWORKS resources and news.
Note
This dialog box can also be set to Do not show on startup.
15
Fund3D.book Page 16 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Pull-down Menus
The Pull-down menus provide access to many of the commands that
the SOLIDWORKS software offers. Float over the right facing arrow
to access the menus. Click the pushpin to keep the menus open.
When a menu item has a right-pointing
arrow like this:
, it
means that there is a sub-menu associated
with that choice.
When a menu item is followed by ellipses
like this:
, it means
that the option opens a dialog box with
additional choices or information.
Customizing
Pull-down Menus
When the Customize Menu item is selected, each
item appears with a check box. Clearing the check
box removes the associated item from the menu.
Using the
Command
Manager
The CommandManager is a set of icons divided into tabs that are
geared towards specific tasks. For example, the part version has several
tabs to access commands related to features, sketches, and so on.
Note
The CommandManager can be displayed with or without text on the
buttons. These images show the Use Large Buttons with Text option.
16
Fund3D.book Page 17 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Adding and
Removing
CommandManager
Tabs
The default settings display multiple CommandManager tabs for a part
file. Others can be added or removed by right-clicking on any tab,
clicking Tabs, and clicking or clearing the tab by name.
There are different sets of tabs for part, assembly and drawing files.
FeatureManager
Design Tree
The FeatureManager design
tree is a unique part of the
SOLIDWORKS software
that visually displays all the
features in a part or
assembly. As features are
created they are added to the
FeatureManager design tree.
As a result, the
FeatureManager design tree
represents the chronological
sequence of modeling
operations. The
FeatureManager design tree
also allows access to the
editing of the features
(objects) that it contains.
FeatureManager Design Tree
PropertyManager
ConfigurationManager
DimXpertManager
DisplayManager
Hide/
Show
Display
Pane
Hide/
Show
FM
17
Fund3D.book Page 18 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Show and Hide
FeatureManager
Items
Many FeatureManager items (icons and folders) are hidden by default.
In the image above, only the History, Sensors and Annotations
folders are shown.
Click Tools, Options, System Options, and FeatureManager to
control their visibility using one of the three settings explained below.



Tip
18
Automatic - Hide the item when it is empty.
Hide - Hide the item at all times.
Show - Show the item at all times.
The CommandManager or PropertyManager can be dragged and
docked on the top, side or outside of the SOLIDWORKS window or to
a different monitor.
Fund3D.book Page 19 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
PropertyManager
Many SOLIDWORKS commands are executed through the
PropertyManager. The PropertyManager occupies the same screen
position as the FeatureManager design tree and replaces it when it is in
use.
The top row buttons contain the
standard OK and Cancel buttons.
OK
Cancel
Below the top row of buttons are
one or more Group Boxes that
contain related options. They can
be opened (expanded) or closed
(collapsed) and in many cases
made active or inactive.
Open and
Close icon
Group Box
Open and active
Group Box
Closed and inactive
Full Path Name
The full path name of the document can be
seen as a tool tip when floating the cursor over
the file name.
Selection
Breadcrumbs
Selection Breadcrumbs show the
hierarchy of objects based on a selected
piece of geometry. For example, selecting
a face can lead to a series of objects
including the feature, sold body, component, subassembly, and finally
to the top level assembly.
It also leads to the sketch of the feature and the mates attached to that
component.
These visual objects can also be used for access. Right-clicking on the
boss feature offers several editing tools including Edit Feature and
Hide.
Note
These objects and tools will be discussed in later lessons.
19
Fund3D.book Page 20 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Task Pane
20
The Task Pane window contains SOLIDWORKS Resources
,
Design Library
, File Explorer
, View Palette ,
Appearances, Scenes, and Decals
, Custom Properties , and
the SOLIDWORKS Forum
options. The window appears on the
right by default but it can be moved and resized. It can be opened/
closed, tacked or moved from its default position on the right side of
the interface.
Fund3D.book Page 21 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Opening Labs with
the File Explorer
You can open parts and assemblies
required for lab exercises using the File
Explorer.





Heads-up View
Toolbar
Open the Task Pane.
Click File Explorer .
Expand the Essentials folder used
for the class files. It should be found
under the SOLIDWORKS Training
Files folder.
Expand the lesson folder
(Lesson01 for example) followed
by either the Case Study or
Exercises folder.
Double-click a part or assembly file
to open it.
The Heads-up View toolbar is a
transparent toolbar that contains
many common view
manipulation commands. Many
of the icons (such as the Hide/
Show Items icon shown) are
Flyout Tool buttons that contain
other options. These flyouts
contain a small down arrow
to access the other commands.
Unselectable Icons
At times you will notice commands, icons, and menu options that are
grayed out and unselectable. This is because you may not be working in
the proper environment to access those options. For example, if you are
working in a sketch (Edit Sketch mode), you have full access to all the
sketch tools. However, you cannot select the icons such as fillet or
chamfer on the Features tab of the CommandManager. This design
helps the inexperienced user by limiting the choices to only those that
are appropriate.
21
Fund3D.book Page 22 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
To Preselect or Not?
As a rule, the SOLIDWORKS software does not require you to
preselect objects before opening a menu or dialog box. For example, if
you want to add some fillets to the edges of your model, you have
complete freedom – you can select the edges first and then click the
Fillet tool or you can click the Fillet tool and then select the edges. The
choice is yours.
Mouse Buttons
The left, right and middle mouse buttons have distinct meanings in
SOLIDWORKS.

Left
Select objects such as geometry, menus buttons, and objects in the
FeatureManager design tree.

Right
Activates a context sensitive shortcut menu. The contents of the menu
differ depending on what object the cursor is over. These menus also
represent shortcuts to frequently used commands.
At the top of the Shortcut Menu is the
Context Toolbar. It contains some of the most
commonly used commands in icon form.
Shortcut Menu
Below it is the pull-down menu. It contains
other commands that are available in the
context of the selection, in this example a face.
The Context toolbar will also become available as you make selections
with the left mouse button. It provides quick access to common
commands.
Note

Middle
Dynamically rotates, pans or zooms a part or assembly. Pans a drawing.
Keyboard
Shortcuts
Some menu items indicate a keyboard shortcut like this:
SOLIDWORKS conforms to standard Windows conventions for such
shortcuts as Ctrl+O for File, Open; Ctrl+S for File, Save; Ctrl+Z for
Edit, Undo and so on. In addition, you can customize SOLIDWORKS
by creating your own shortcuts.
22
Fund3D.book Page 23 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Multiple Monitor
Displays
SOLIDWORKS can take advantage of multiple monitor displays to
span monitors and to move document windows or menus to a different
monitor.
Spanning Monitors
Click Span Displays on the top bar of the SOLIDWORKS window
to stretch the display across both monitors.
Fitting to a Monitor
Click either Click to Tile Left or Click to Tile Right
of a document to fit it to the left or right monitor.
System Feedback
Feedback is provided by a symbol attached to the
cursor arrow indicating what you are selecting or
what the system is expecting you to select. As the
cursor floats across the model, feedback will come in
the form of symbols, riding next to the cursor. The
illustration at the right shows some of the symbols:
vertex, edge, face and dimension.
on the top bar
Vertex
Edge
Face
Dimension
23
Fund3D.book Page 24 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
Options
Located on the Tools menu, the Options dialog box enables you to
customize the SOLIDWORKS software to reflect such things as your
company’s drafting standards as well as your individual preferences
and work environment.
Tip
Use the search bar in the upper right of the Options dialog box to find
system options and document properties. Type the label of the check
box, radio button, or other option to locate the page where the option
resides.
24
Fund3D.book Page 25 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
You have several levels of customization. They are:
Customization

System options
The options grouped under the heading System Options are saved on
your system and affect every document you open in your
SOLIDWORKS session. System settings allow you to control and
customize your work environment. For example, you might like
working with colored viewport background. I don’t. Since this is a
system setting, parts or assemblies opened on your system would have
a colored viewport. The same files opened on my system would not.

Document properties
These settings are applied to the individual document. For example,
units, drafting standards, and material properties (density) are all
document settings. They are saved with the document and do not
change, regardless of whose system the document is opened on.

Document templates
Document templates are pre-defined documents that were set up with
certain specific settings. For example, you might want two different
templates for parts. One with English settings such as ANSI drafting
standards and inch units, and one with metric settings such as
millimeters units and ISO drafting standards. You can set up as many
different document templates as you need. They can be organized into
different folders for easy access when opening new documents. You
can create document templates for parts, assemblies, and drawings.

Object
Many times the properties of an individual object can be changed or
edited. For example, you can change the default display of a dimension
to suppress one or both extension lines, or you can change the color of a
feature.
Search
The Search option can be used to find information from
SOLIDWORKS Help, Commands, Files and Models on your system
by searching for any part of the name (requires Windows Desktop
Search engine), or MySolidWorks information. Search using this
procedure:



Choose which type of search you would
like to do.
Type a name or partial name into the
Search box and click the
search icon
.
For my.solidworks.com searches,
click MySolidWorks and one or more
sub options.
25
Fund3D.book Page 26 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User Interface
26
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Fund3D.book Page 27 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Create a new part.

Insert a new sketch.

Add sketch geometry.

Establish sketch relations between pieces of geometry.

Understand the state of the sketch.

Extrude the sketch into a solid.
27
Fund3D.book Page 28 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
2D Sketching
This lesson introduces 2D sketching, the basis of modeling in
SOLIDWORKS.
Sketches are used for all sketched features in SOLIDWORKS
including:


Extrusions
Sweeps


Revolves
Lofts
The illustration below shows how a given sketch can form the basis of
several different types of features.
Extrude
Revolve
Sweep
Loft
In this lesson, only extruded features will be covered. The others will
be covered in detail in later lessons or courses.
Stages in the
Process
Every sketch has several characteristics that contribute to its shape, size
and orientation.

New part
New parts can be created in inch, millimeter or other units. Parts are
used to create and hold the solid model.

Sketches
Sketches are collections of 2D geometry that are used to create solid
features.

Sketch geometry
Types of 2D geometry such as lines, circles and rectangles that make up
the sketch.

Sketch relations
Geometric relationships such as horizontal and vertical are applied to
the sketch geometry. The relations restrict the movement of the entities.
28
Fund3D.book Page 29 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching

State of the sketch
Each sketch has a status that determines whether it is ready to be used
or not. The state can be fully-, under- or over defined.

Sketch tools
Tools can be used to modify the sketch geometry that has been created.
This often involves trimming or extending entities.

Extruding the sketch
Extruding uses the 2D sketch to create a 3D solid feature.
Procedure
The process in this lesson includes sketching and extrusions. To begin
with, a new part file is created.
Introducing:
New Part
The New tool creates a new SOLIDWORKS document from a
selection of part, assembly or drawing templates. There are several
training templates in addition to the default ones.
Where to Find It



1
Menu Bar: New
Menu: File, New
Keyboard Shortcut: Ctrl+N
New part.
Click New
and click the Part_MM template from the Training
Templates tab on the New SOLIDWORKS Document dialog box, and
click OK.
The part is created with the settings of the template including the units.
This part template uses millimeters as the units. You can create and
save any number of different templates, all with different settings.
29
Fund3D.book Page 30 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Saving Files
Saving files writes the file information in RAM to a location on a fixed
disk. SOLIDWORKS provides three options for saving files. Each has
a different effect on file references.
Save
Copy the file in RAM to the fixed disk, leaving the copy in RAM open.
If this file is being referenced by any open SOLIDWORKS files, there
are no changes to the reference.
Where to Find It



Menu Bar: Save
Menu: File, Save
Keyboard Shortcut: Ctrl+S
Save As
Copy the file in RAM to the fixed disk under a new name or file type,
replacing the file in RAM with the new file. The old file in RAM is
closed without saving. If this file is being referenced by any open
SOLIDWORKS files, you should update the references to this new file.
Save As Copy to
Disk
Copy the file in RAM to the fixed disk under a new name or file type,
leaving the original in RAM open. If this file is being referenced by any
open SOLIDWORKS files, you should not update the references to this
new file.
Save As Copy and
Open
Copy the file in RAM to the fixed disk under a new name or file type,
leaving both the copy and the original open.
2
Filing a part.
Click Save
and file the part under the name Plate. The extension,
*.sldprt, is added automatically. Click Save.
30
Fund3D.book Page 31 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
What are We
Going to
Sketch?
The first feature of a part will be created in this section. That initial
feature is just the first of many features needed to complete the part.
Sketching
Sketching is the act of creating a 2D profile comprised of wireframe
geometry. Typical geometry types are lines, arcs, circles and ellipses.
Sketching is dynamic, with feedback from the cursor to make it easier.
Default Planes
To create a sketch, you must choose a plane on which to sketch. The
system provides three initial planes by default. They are Front Plane,
Top Plane, and Right Plane.
Introducing: Sketch
When creating a new sketch, the Sketch tool opens the sketcher on the
currently selected plane or planar face. You also use the Sketch tool to
edit an existing sketch.
If you have not preselected a face or plane before activating the Sketch
tool, the cursor
plane.
Where to Find It



appears indicating that you should select a face or
CommandManager: Sketch > Sketch
Menu: Insert, Sketch
Shortcut Menu: Right-click a plane or planar face and click
Sketch
31
Fund3D.book Page 32 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
3
Open a new sketch.
Click
. This will show all three
default planes for selection in a
Trimetric orientation. A
Trimetric orientation is a pictorial
view that is oriented so the three
mutually perpendicular planes
appear unequally foreshortened.
From the screen, choose the Front
Plane. The plane will highlight and
rotate.
The Reference Triad (lower left corner) shows the orientation of
the model coordinate axes (red-X, green-Y and blue-Z) at all
times. It can help show how the view orientation has been
changed relative to the Front Plane.
Note
4
Sketch active.
The selected Front Plane
rotates so it is parallel to the
screen.
The
symbol represents
the sketch origin. It is
displayed in the color red,
indicating that it is active.
Introducing:
Confirmation Corner
When many SOLIDWORKS commands are active, a symbol or a set of
symbols appears in the upper right corner of the graphics area. This
area is called the Confirmation Corner.
Sketch Indicator
When a sketch is active, or open, the Confirmation Corner
displays two symbols. One looks like a sketch. The other is a
red X. These symbols provide a visual reminder that you are
active in a sketch. Clicking the sketch symbol exits the sketch and saves
any changes. Clicking the red X exits the sketch and discards any
changes.
When other commands are active, the confirmation corner
displays a check mark and an X. The check mark executes the
current command. The X cancels the command.
Press the D key to move the confirmation corner to the pointer
location.
32
Fund3D.book Page 33 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Sketch Entities
SOLIDWORKS offers a rich variety of sketch tools for creating profile
geometry. In this lesson, only one of the most basic shapes will be used:
Lines.
Sketch Geometry
The following chart lists some of the sketch entities that are available:
Sketch Entity
Button
Geometry Example
Line
Circle
Perimeter Circle
Centerpoint Arc
Tangent Arc
3 Point Arc
Ellipse
Partial Ellipse
Parabola
Spline
Straight Slot
Centerpoint
Straight Slot
3 Point Arc Slot
Centerpoint Arc
Slot
Polygon
33
Fund3D.book Page 34 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Sketch Entity
Button
Geometry Example
Corner Rectangle
Center Rectangle
(Construction
geometry can be
added to any type)
3 Point Corner
Rectangle
3 Point Center
Rectangle
Parallelogram
Point
Centerline
Basic Sketching
The best way to begin sketching is by using the most fundamental
shape, the Line.
The Mechanics of
Sketching
To sketch geometry, there are two techniques that can be used:

Click-Click
Position the cursor where you want the line to start. Click (press
and release) the left mouse button. Move the cursor to where you
want the line to end. A preview of the sketch entity will follow the
cursor like a rubber band. Click the left mouse button a second
time. Additional clicks create a series of connected lines.

Click-Drag
Position the cursor where you want the line to start. Press and hold
the left mouse button. Drag the cursor to where you want the sketch
entity to end. A preview of the sketch entity will follow the cursor
like a rubber band. Release the left mouse button.
34
Fund3D.book Page 35 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Introducing:
Insert Line
The Line tool creates single line segments in a sketch. Horizontal and
vertical lines can be created while sketching by watching for the
feedback symbols on the cursor.
Where to Find It



CommandManager: Sketch > Line
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Line
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Line
Sketch Relations are used to force a behavior on a sketch element
Introducing: Sketch
Relations
thereby capturing design intent. They will be discussed in detail in
Sketch Relations on page 41.
5
Sketch a line.
Click Line
and sketch a horizontal line from the origin. The
symbol appears at the cursor, indicating that a Horizontal relation will
be automatically added to the line. The number indicates the length of
the line. Click again to end the line.
Do not be too concerned with making the line the exact length.
SOLIDWORKS software is dimension driven – the dimensions control
the size of the geometry, not the other way around. Make the sketch
approximately the right size and shape and then use dimensions to
make it exact.
Important!
6
Line at angle.
Starting at the end of the first line,
sketch a line at an angle.
Note
The pencil icon at the cursor will be omitted for clarity.
35
Fund3D.book Page 36 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Inference Lines
(Automatic
Relations)
In addition to the relation symbols, dashed inference lines will also
appear to help you “line up” with existing geometry. These lines
include existing line vectors, normals, horizontals, verticals, tangents
and centers.
Note that some lines capture actual
geometric relations, while others
simply act as a guide or reference
when sketching. A difference in the
color of the inference lines will
distinguish them. In the picture at the
right, the lines labeled “A” are
yellow, and if the sketch line snaps to
them, a tangent or perpendicular
relationship will be captured.
B
A
The line labeled “B” is blue. It only provides a reference, in this case
vertical, to the other endpoint. If the sketch line is ended at this point,
no vertical relation will be captured.
The display of Sketch Relations that appears automatically can be
toggled on and off using View, Hide/Show, Sketch Relations. It will
remain on during the initial phase of sketching.
Note
7
Inference lines.
Create a line moving in a direction perpendicular to the previous line. This
causes inference lines to be displayed
while sketching. A Perpendicular relation is created between this line and the
last one.
The cursor symbol indicates that you
are capturing a perpendicular relation.
8
Perpendicular.
Create another perpendicular line from
the last endpoint, again capturing a
perpendicular relation.
36
Fund3D.book Page 37 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
9
Reference.
Create a horizontal line from the last
endpoint. Blue inferences are strictly for
reference and do not create relations.
They are displayed in blue. This
reference is used to align the endpoint
vertically with the origin.
10 Close.
Close the sketch with a final line
connected to the starting point of the
first line.
A closed contour is confirmed with
shading.
Note
Click Shaded Sketch Contours
from the Sketch
CommandManager to toggle the shading on and off.
Sketch Feedback
The sketcher has many
feedback features. The
cursor will change to
show what type of entity
is being created. It will
also indicate what selections on the existing geometry, such as end,
coincident (on) or midpoint, are available using an orange dot when the
cursor is on it.
Three of the most common feedback symbols are:
Symbol
Icon
Description
Endpoint
Yellow concentric circles appear at the Endpoint
when the cursor is over it.
Midpoint
The Midpoint appears as a yellow square. It changes
to orange when the cursor hovers over the line.
Coincident
(On Edge)
The quadrant points of the circle appear with a
concentric circle over the centerpoint.
37
Fund3D.book Page 38 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Turning Off Tools
Turn off the active tool using one of these techniques:



Menu Bar: Select
CommandManager: Click the active tool to toggle the tool off
Keyboard Shortcut: Esc
11 Turn off the tool.
Press the Esc key on the keyboard to turn off the line tool.
Status of a Sketch
Sketches can be in one of five definition states at any time. The status
of a sketch depends on geometric relations between geometry and the
dimensions that define it. The three most common states are:
Under Defined
The sketch is inadequately defined, but the sketch can still be used to
create features. This is good because many times in the early stages of
the design process, there isn’t sufficient information to fully define the
sketch. When more information becomes available, the remaining
definition can be added at a later time. Under defined sketch geometry
is blue (by default).
Fully Defined
The sketch has all the information necessary to fully describe the
geometry. Fully defined geometry is black (by default). As a general
rule, when a part is released to manufacturing, the sketches within it
should be fully defined.
Over Defined
The sketch has duplicate dimensions or conflicting relations and it
should not be used until repaired. Extraneous dimensions and relations
should be deleted. Over defined geometry is red (by default).
Note
The two other states are No Solution Found and Invalid Solution
Found. They both indicate that there are errors that must be repaired.
Rules That
Govern
Sketches
Different types of sketches will yield different results. Several different
types are summarized in the table below. It is important to note that
some of the techniques shown in the table below are advanced
techniques that are covered either later in this course, or in other
advanced courses.
Sketch Type
38
Description
Special Considerations
A typical “standard”
sketch that is a neatly
closed contour.
None required.
Fund3D.book Page 39 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Multiple nested
contours creates a boss
with an internal cut.
None required.
Open contour creates a
thin feature with
constant thickness.
None required.
Corners are not neatly
closed. They should be.
Use the Contour Select Tool.
Although this sketch will work, it
represents poor technique and sloppy
work habits. Do not do it.
Sketch contains a selfintersecting contour.
Use the Contour Select Tool. If both contours are selected, this type of sketch will
create a Multibody Solid. See Multibody
Solids in the Advanced Part Modeling
course.
Although this will work, multibodies are
an advanced modeling technique that you
should not use until you have more
experience.
The sketch contains
disjoint contours.
This type of sketch can create a Multibody
Solid. See Multibody Solids in the
Advanced Part Modeling course.
Although this will work, multibodies are
an advanced modeling technique that you
should not use until you have more
experience.
12 Current sketch status.
The sketch is Under Defined
because some of the geometry is
blue. Note that endpoints of a line
can be a different color and
different state than the line itself.
For example, the vertical line at
the origin is black because it is (a)
vertical, and (b) attached to the
origin. However, the uppermost
39
Fund3D.book Page 40 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
endpoint is blue because the length of the line is under defined.
13 Dragging.
Under defined geometry (blue) can be
dragged to new locations. Fully defined
geometry cannot. Drag the uppermost
endpoint to change the shape of the
sketch. The dragged endpoint appears
as a blue dot.
14 Undo the change.
Undo the last command by clicking the Undo
option. You can see
(and select from) a list of the last few commands by clicking the down
arrow menu. The keyboard shortcut for Undo is Ctrl+Z.
Tip
You can also Redo
a change, which reverts it back to the state prior
to undo. The shortcut for redo is Ctrl+Y.
Design Intent
The design intent, as discussed earlier, governs how the part is built and
how it will change. In this example, the sketch shape must be allowed
to change in these ways:
What Controls
Design Intent?
Design intent in a sketch is captured and controlled by a combination of
two things:

Sketch relations
Create geometric relationships such as parallel, collinear,
perpendicular, or coincident between sketch elements.

Dimensions
Dimensions are used to define the size and location of the sketch
geometry. Linear, radial, diameter and angular dimensions can be
added.
To fully define a sketch and capture the desired design intent requires
understanding and applying a combination of relations and dimensions.
Tip
40
The relations are visible because View, Hide/Show, Sketch Relations
is toggled on. If it is turned off, clicking the geometry will show the
relations and open the PropertyManager.
Fund3D.book Page 41 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
The relations will be toggled off at this point, but they will still appear
on selected geometry.
Desired Design
Intent
In order for the sketch to change properly, the correct relations and
dimensions are required. The required design intent is listed below:
Horizontal and vertical
lines
Angle value
Parallel Distance value
Right-angle corners, or
perpendicular lines
Overall length value
Note
The shading has been removed from table images for clarity.
Sketch
Relations
Sketch Relations are used to force a behavior on a sketch element
Automatic Sketch
Relations
Automatic relations are added as geometry is sketched. We saw this as
we sketched the outline in the previous steps. Sketch feedback tells you
when automatic relations are being created.
thereby capturing design intent. Some are automatic, others can be
added as needed. In this example, we will look at the relations on one
of the lines and examine how they affect the design intent of the sketch.
41
Fund3D.book Page 42 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Added Sketch
Relations
For those relations that cannot be added automatically, tools exist to
create relations based on selected geometry.
Introducing:
Display/Delete
Relations
Display/Delete Relations shows the relations in a sketch. It also
Where to Find It

enables you to remove relations.


CommandManager: Sketch > Display/Delete Relations
Menu: Tools, Relations, Display/Delete
Properties PropertyManager: Existing Relations
15 Display the relations associated with a line.
Click the uppermost angled line and the
PropertyManager opens. The Existing Relations
box in the PropertyManager lists the geometric
relations that are associated with the selected line.
16 Remove the relation.
Remove the uppermost relation by clicking the
relation, either the symbol or in the
PropertyManager, and pressing the Delete key.
If the symbol is selected, it changes color and
displays the entities it controls.
17 Drag the endpoint.
Because the line is no longer constrained to be
perpendicular, the sketch will behave
differently when you drag it. Compare this to
how the sketch behaved when you dragged it in
step 13.
42
Fund3D.book Page 43 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Examples of
Sketch Relations
There are many types of Sketch Relations. Which ones are valid
depends on the combination of geometry that you select. Selections can
be the entity itself, endpoints or a combination. Depending on the
selection, a limited set of options is made available. The following
chart shows some examples of sketch relations. This is not a complete
list of all geometric relations. Additional examples will be introduced
throughout this course.
Relation
Before
After
Coincident between
a line and an
endpoint.
Merge between two
endpoints.
Parallel between
two or more lines.
Perpendicular
between two lines.
Collinear between
two or more lines.
43
Fund3D.book Page 44 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Relation
Horizontal applied
to one or more lines.
Horizontal between
two or more
endpoints.
Vertical applied to
one or more lines.
Vertical between
two or more
endpoints.
Equal between two
or more lines.
44
Before
After
Fund3D.book Page 45 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Relation
Before
After
Equal between two
or more arcs or
circles.
Midpoint between a
line and an endpoint.
Tangent between a
line and an arc/circle
or two arc/circles.
Tangent between a
line and an arc using
the common
endpoint.
Introducing: Add
Relations
Add Relations is used to create a geometric relationship such as
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Sketch > Display/Delete Relations

Menu: Tools, Relations, Add
Shortcut Menu: Select one or more sketch objects and click a
relation
parallel or collinear between sketch elements.
>
Add Relation

Selecting Multiple
Objects
As you learned in a previous lesson, you select objects with the left
mouse button. What about when you need to select more than one
object at a time? When selecting multiple objects, SOLIDWORKS
follows standard Microsoft® Windows conventions: hold down the Ctrl
key while selecting the objects.
45
Fund3D.book Page 46 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
18 Add a relation.
Hold down Ctrl and click the two lines. The con-
text menu shows only those relations that are
valid for the geometry selected.
Click Make Perpendicular.
19 Drag the sketch.
Drag the sketch back into approximately
its original shape.
Dimensions
Dimensions are another way to define geometry and capture design
intent in the SOLIDWORKS system. The advantage of using a
dimension is that it is used to both display the current value and change
it.
Introducing:
Smart Dimensions
The Smart Dimension tool determines the proper type of dimension
based on the geometry chosen, previewing the dimension before
creating it. For example, if you pick an arc the system will create a
radial dimension. If you pick a circle, you will get a diameter
dimension, while selecting two parallel lines will create a linear
dimension between them. In cases where the Smart Dimension tool
isn’t quite smart enough, you have the option of selecting endpoints
and moving the dimension to different measurement positions.
Where to Find It



CommandManager: Sketch > Smart Dimension
Menu: Tools, Dimensions, Smart
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Smart Dimension
46
Fund3D.book Page 47 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Dimensioning:
Selection and
Preview
As you select sketch geometry with the dimension tool, the system
creates a preview of the dimension. The preview enables you to see all
the possible options by simply moving the mouse after making the
selections. Clicking the left mouse button places the dimension in its
current position and orientation. Clicking the right mouse button
locks only the orientation, allowing you to move the text before final
placement by clicking the left mouse button.
With the dimension tool and two endpoints selected, below are three
possible orientations for a linear dimension. The value is derived from
the initial point to point distance and may change based on the
orientation selected.
Endpoints
Note
Another option is to select the geometry that is to be dimensioned and
click Auto Insert Dimension
.
20 Adding a linear dimension.
Click Smart Dimension
and
click the line shown and right-click
to lock in the orientation. Click
again to place the text as shown. The
dimension appears with a Modify
tool displaying the current length of
the line. The thumbwheel is used to
incrementally increase/decrease the
value using the middle mouse
button. Or with the text highlighted, you can type a new value to
change it directly.
47
Fund3D.book Page 48 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Note
A midpoint location can be inadvertently selected
instead of the geometry itself. To avoid this, select the
geometry slightly off center.
The Modify Tool
The modify tool that appears when you create or
edit a dimension (parameter) has several
options. The options available to you are:
Dial the value up or down.
Save the current value and exit the dialog box.
Restore the original value and exit the dialog box.
Rebuild the model with the current value.
Reverse the sense of the dimension.
Change the thumbwheel increment value.
Mark the dimension for drawing import.
Note
The dimension name can be changed in the upper section of the dialog
box.
Units in the Modify
Tool
Units different from the part units can be
selected for the input. When typing the
value, select the Units > menu and select
input units.
Note
Unit abbreviations and fractions can also be typed into the value field
after the numeric value (for instance 0.375in or 3/8”).
48
Fund3D.book Page 49 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
21 Set the value.
Change the value to 20 and click the
option. The dimension
forces the length of the line to be
20mm.
Save
Tip
Pressing Enter has the same effect as clicking the Save
button.
22 Linear dimensions.
Add additional linear dimensions
to the sketch as shown.
Dimensioning Tip
When you dimension a sketch,
start with the smallest dimension
first, and work your way to the
largest.
49
Fund3D.book Page 50 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Angular
Dimensions
Angular dimensions can be created using the same dimension tool used
to create linear, diameter and radial dimensions. Select either two lines
that are both non-collinear and non-parallel, or select three noncollinear endpoints.
Depending on where you place the angular dimension, you can get the
interior or exterior angle, the acute angle, or the oblique angle. Possible
placement options:
23 Angular dimension.
Using the dimension tool, create
the angular dimension shown and
set the value to 125°.
The sketch is fully defined. See
Fully Defined on page 38.
50
Fund3D.book Page 51 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
Instant 2D
Instant 2D can be used to manipulate sketch dimensions, dynamically
changing the values using a graphic Ruler.
Note
The ruler is displayed to guide the drag. Moving closer to the ruler
gradients allows you to snap to them.
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Sketch > Instant 2D
24 Select dimension.
The Instant 2D tool is on by default. Select the 125° dimension.
Click and hold the round ball handle at the tip of the arrow.
The value of the dimension, and the geometry, changes dynamically as
the handle is dragged.
Drag the value to 135° using the ruler.
Extrude
Once the sketch is completed, it can be extruded to create the first
feature. There are many options for extruding a sketch including the
start and end conditions, draft and depth of extrusion, which will be
discussed in more detail in later lessons. Typically, extrusions take
place in a direction normal to the sketch plane, in this case the Front
plane.
Where to Find It


CommandManager: Features > Extruded Boss/Base
Menu: Insert, Boss/Base, Extrude
51
Fund3D.book Page 52 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
25 Extrude.
Click Extruded
Boss/Base
.
On the Features
CommandManager tab, the
options for other methods of
creating features are listed along
with Extrude and Revolve. They
are unavailable because this
sketch does not meet the
conditions necessary for creating
these types of features. For
example, a Sweep feature
requires both profile and path sketches. Since there is only one sketch
at this time, the Sweep option is unavailable.
The view automatically changes to Trimetric and a preview of the
feature is shown at the default depth.
Drag Handles and
Rulers
52
Handles
appear that can be
used to drag the preview to the
desired depth. The handle is
colored while dragging in the
active direction. A callout shows
the current depth value and a
ruler.
Fund3D.book Page 53 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching
26 Extrude Feature settings.
Change the settings as shown.

End Condition = Blind

(Depth) = 6mm
Click OK
Tip
to create the feature.
The OK button
is just one way to accept and
complete the process. A second is to press the
Enter key.
A third method is the set of OK/Cancel buttons in the
Confirmation Corner of the graphics area, or press the D key
to bring it to the cursor.
A fourth method is to right-click and click OK
from the shortcut menu.
27 Completed feature.
The completed feature is the first solid,
or feature of the part. The sketch is
absorbed into the Extrude1 feature.
Note
Click the preceding the feature name to expand
the feature and show the sketch.
28 Save and close.
Click Save
then click File, Close to close the part.
53
Fund3D.book Page 54 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Introduction to Sketching
Sketching
Guidelines†
Following is a collection of “rules of thumb” or best practices for
sketching of which all SOLIDWORKS users should be aware. Some of
these tips are covered in substantial detail in subsequent lessons within
this book.

Keep your sketches simple. Simple sketches are easier to edit, less
likely to develop errors, and help with downstream features such as
configurations.

Make use of the origin in your first sketch.

The first sketch of a new part should represent the main profile of
the part.

Create sketch geometry first, add geometric relationships second,
and then add your dimensions last. Dimensions can sometimes
interfere with the addition of required relations.

Use geometric relations wherever possible to maintain design
intent.

Draw the sketch to approximately the right scale to prevent errors
or geometry overlap when you start adding dimensions.

Add or edit dimensions on the closest / smallest geometry first, then
work your way to the outer / larger geometry to prevent geometry
overlap.

Use relations, equations, and global variables to reduce the number
of independent dimensions needed.

Take advantage of symmetry. Use the Mirror or Dynamic Mirror
sketch tool to mirror sketch elements and add symmetrical
relations.

Be flexible. It may be necessary to change the order in which
you’re adding dimensions or relations. Drag the sketch geometry
closer to the required location before adding dimensions.

Fix errors as they occur. Use SketchXpert and Check Sketch for
Feature which can quickly help you identify problems and correct
them.
† Thanks
54
to Joe Medeiros, Javelin Technologies.
Fund3D.book Page 55 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 1
Sketch and Extrude 1
Exercise 1:
Sketch and
Extrude 1
Create this part using the information and
dimensions provided. Sketch and extrude
profiles to create this part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:





Introducing: New Part on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (Automatic
Relations) on page 36
Dimensions on page 46
Extrude on page 51
Units: millimeters
1
New part.
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
2
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines, automatic relations
and dimensions.
3
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 50mm in
depth.
4
Save and close the part.
55
Fund3D.book Page 56 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 2
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Sketch and Extrude 2
Exercise 2:
Sketch and
Extrude 2
Create this part using the information and
dimensions provided. Sketch and extrude
profiles to create this part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:





Introducing: New Part on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (Automatic
Relations) on page 36
Dimensions on page 46
Extrude on page 51
Units: millimeters
1
New part.
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
2
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines, automatic relations
and dimensions.
3
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 50mm in
depth.
4
56
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 57 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 3
Sketch and Extrude 3
Exercise 3:
Sketch and
Extrude 3
Create this part using the information
and dimensions provided. Sketch and
extrude profiles to create this part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:





Introducing: New Part on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (Automatic
Relations) on page 36
Dimensions on page 46
Extrude on page 51
Units: millimeters
1
New part.
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
2
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines, automatic relations
and dimensions.
3
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 25mm in depth.
4
Save and close the part.
57
Fund3D.book Page 58 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Sketch and Extrude 4
Exercise 4:
Sketch and
Extrude 4
Create this part using the information
and dimensions provided. Sketch and
extrude profiles to create this part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:





Introducing: New Part on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (Automatic
Relations) on page 36
Dimensions on page 46
Extrude on page 51
Units: millimeters
1
New part.
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
2
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the
Front Plane using lines,
automatic relations and
dimensions.
3
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 100mm in depth.
4
58
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 59 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 5
Sketch and Extrude 5
Exercise 5:
Sketch and
Extrude 5
Create this part using the information and
dimensions provided. Sketch and extrude
profiles to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:





Introducing: New Part on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (Automatic Relations) on
page 36
Dimensions on page 46
Extrude on page 51
Units: millimeters
1
New part.
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
2
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines, automatic relations
and dimensions.
Fully define the sketch.
3
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 25mm in
depth.
4
Save and close the part.
59
Fund3D.book Page 60 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Sketch and Extrude 6
Exercise 6:
Sketch and
Extrude 6
Create this part using the information and
dimensions provided. Sketch and extrude
profiles to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:





Introducing: New Part on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (Automatic Relations)
on page 36
Dimensions on page 46
Extrude on page 51
Units: millimeters
1
New part.
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
2
Automatic relations.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines and automatic
relations. Show the Perpendicular and Vertical relations.
3
Dimensions.
Add dimensions to fully define the
sketch.
4
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 12mm.
5
60
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 61 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Choose the best profile for sketching.

Choose the proper sketch plane.

Extrude a sketch as a cut.

Create Hole Wizard holes.

Insert fillets on a solid.

Use the editing tools Edit Sketch, Edit Feature and Rollback.

Make a basic drawing of a part.

Make a change to a dimension.

Demonstrate the associativity between the model and its drawings.
61
Fund3D.book Page 62 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Basic Modeling
This lesson discusses the
considerations that you
make before creating a
part, and shows the
process of creating a
simple one.
Stages in the
Process
The steps in planning and executing the creation of this part are listed
below.

Terminology
What are the terms commonly used when talking about modeling and
using the SOLIDWORKS software?

Profile choice
Which profile is the best one to choose when starting the modeling
process?

Sketch plane choice
Once you’ve chosen the best profile, how does this affect your choice
of sketch plane?

Design intent
What is design intent and how does it affect the modeling process?

New part
Opening the new part is the first step.

First feature
What is the first feature?

Bosses, cuts and hole features
How do you modify the first feature by adding bosses, cuts and holes?

Fillets
Rounding off the sharp corners – filleting.

Editing tools
Use three of the most common editing tools.

Drawings
Creating a drawing sheet and drawing views of the model.

Dimension changes
Making a change to a dimension changes the model’s geometry. How
does this happen?
62
Fund3D.book Page 63 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Terminology
Moving to 3D requires some new terminology. The SOLIDWORKS
software employs many terms that you will become familiar with
through using the product. Many are terms that you will recognize from
design and manufacturing such as cuts and bosses.
Feature
All cuts, bosses, planes and sketches that you create are considered
Features. Sketched features are those based on sketches (boss and cut),
and applied features are applied directly to existing geometry (fillet).
Plane
Planes are flat and infinite. They are represented on the screen with
visible edges. They are used as the primary sketch surface for creating
boss and cut features.
Extrusion
Although there are many ways to
create features and shape the solid,
for this lesson, only extrusions
will be discussed. An extrusion
will extend a profile along a path
typically normal to the profile
plane for some distance. The
movement along that path becomes the solid model.
Sketch
In the SOLIDWORKS system, the name used to
describe a 2D profile is sketch. Sketches are created
on flat faces and planes within the model. They are
generally used as the basis for bosses and cuts,
although they can exist independently.
Boss
Bosses are used to add material to the model. The critical initial feature
is always a boss. After the first feature, you may add as many bosses as
needed to complete the design. As with the base, all bosses begin with a
sketch.
Cut
A Cut is used to remove material from the model. This is the opposite
of the boss. Like the boss, cuts begin as 2D sketches and remove
material by extrusion, revolution, or other methods you will learn
about.
Fillets and Rounds
Fillets and rounds are generally added to the solid, not the sketch. By
nature of the faces adjacent to the selected edge, the system knows
whether to create a round (removing material) or a fillet (adding
material).
Design Intent
How the model should be created and changed, is considered the design
intent. Relationships between features and the sequence of their
creation all contribute to design intent.
63
Fund3D.book Page 64 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Choosing the
Best Profile
Choose the “best” profile for the model's base feature. This profile,
when extruded, will generate more of the model than any other. Look at
these models as examples.
Part
64
Best Profile Extruded
Fund3D.book Page 65 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Choosing the
Sketch Plane
Once the best profile is determined, the next step is to decide which
view to use and select the plane with the same name for sketching it.
The SOLIDWORKS software provides three planes; they are described
below.
Planes
There are three default planes, labeled Front Plane, Top Plane and
Right Plane. Each plane is infinite, but has screen borders for viewing
and selection. Also, each plane passes through the origin and is
mutually perpendicular to the others.
The planes can be renamed. In this course the names Front Plane, Top
Plane and Right Plane are used. This naming convention is used in
other CAD systems and is comfortable to many users.
Although the planes
are infinite, it may be
easier to think of them
as forming an open
box, connecting at the
origin. Using this
analogy, the inner
faces of the box are the
potential sketch
planes.
Placement of the
Model
The part will be placed into the box three times. Each time the best
profile will contact or be parallel to one of the three planes. Although
there are many combinations, the choices are limited to three for this
exercise.
When choosing the sketch plane, consider the part's appearance and its
orientation in an assembly. The appearance dictates how the part will
be oriented in standard views such as the Isometric. It also determines
how you will spend most of your time looking at the model as you
create it.
The part's orientation in an assembly dictates how it is to be positioned
with respect to other, mating parts.
Orient the Model for
the Drawing
Another consideration when deciding which sketch plane to use is how
you want the model to appear on the drawing when you detail it. You
should build the model so that the front of the model is the same as the
Front view in the drawing. This saves time during the detailing process
because you can use predefined views.
65
Fund3D.book Page 66 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
In the first example, the best
profile is in contact with the Top
plane.
Right Plane
Front Plane
Top Plane
In the second example, it is
contacting the Front plane.
Right Plane
Front Plane
Top Plane
The last example shows the best
profile in contact with the Right
plane.
Chosen Plane
Right Plane
Front Plane
The Top plane orientation seems
to be the best. This indicates that
the best profile should be
sketched on the Top plane of the
model.
Top Plane
How it Looks on the
Drawing
66
By giving careful thought to
which plane is used to
sketch the profile, the
proper views are easily
generated on the detail
drawing.
Fund3D.book Page 67 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Details of the
Part
The part we will be creating is shown below. There are two main boss
features, some cuts, and fillets.
Standard Views
The part is shown here in four standard views.
Main Bosses
The two main bosses have distinct
profiles in different planes. They
are connected as shown in the
exploded view at right.
Best Profile
The first feature of the model
is created from the
rectangular sketch shown
overlaid on the model. This is
the best profile to begin the
model.
The rectangle will then be
extruded as a boss to create
the solid feature.
67
Fund3D.book Page 68 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Sketch Plane
Placing the model “in the box” determines which plane should be used
to sketch on. In this case it will be the Top plane.
Sketch Plane
Design Intent
The design intent of this part describes how the part’s relationships
should or should not be created. As changes to the model are made, the
model will behave as intended.
Procedure

All holes are through holes.

The slot is aligned with the
tab.

The counterbored hole in the
front shares the same center
point as the rounded face of
the tab.
The modeling process includes sketching and creating bosses, cuts and
fillets. To begin with, a new part file is created.
1
New part.
Click New
, or click File, New. Create a new part using the
Part_MM template and Save it as Basic.
2
Select the sketch plane.
Insert a new sketch and choose
the Top Plane.
Tip
68
A plane doesn’t have to be shown
in order to be used; it can be
selected from the
FeatureManager design tree.
Fund3D.book Page 69 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Sketching the First
Feature
Create the first feature by extruding a sketch into a boss. The first
feature is always a boss, and it is the first solid feature created in any
part. Begin with the sketch geometry, a rectangle.
Introducing:
Corner Rectangle
Corner Rectangle is used to create a rectangle in a sketch. The
rectangle is comprised of four lines (two horizontal and two vertical)
connected at the corners. It is sketched by indicating the locations of
two diagonal corners. There are several other rectangle/parallelogram
tools available:
Where to Find It
- Uses a center point and corner to create a
rectangle with horizontal and vertical lines.

Center Rectangle

- Creates a rectangle based on a
center point, midpoint of edge and corner. Lines are perpendicular
at corners.

3 Point Corner Rectangle
- Uses three corners to define a
rectangle. Lines are perpendicular at corners.

Parallelogram

CommandManager: Sketch > Corner Rectangle
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Corner Rectangle
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click


3 Point Center Rectangle
- Uses three corners to define a parallelogram
(corners are not perpendicular).
Sketch Entities, Corner Rectangle
3
Sketch a rectangle.
Click Corner Rectangle
and begin the rectangle at the
origin.
Make sure the rectangle is locked to the origin by looking for
the coincident icon next to the cursor as you begin sketching.
Do not worry about the size of the rectangle. Dimensioning it
will take care of that in the next step.
4
Fully defined sketch.
Add dimensions to the sketch. The
sketch is fully defined.
69
Fund3D.book Page 70 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Extrude Options
An explanation of some of the more frequently used Extrude options is
given below (see Extrude on page 51). Other options will be discussed
in later lessons.

End Condition Type
A sketch can be extruded in one or two directions. Either or both
directions can terminate at some blind depth, up to some geometry in
the model, or extend through the whole model.

Depth
The distance for a blind or mid-plane extrusion. For mid-plane, it refers
to the total depth of the extrusion. That would mean that a depth of
50mm for a mid-plane extrusion would result in 25mm on each side of
the sketch plane.

Draft
Applies draft to the extrusion. Draft on the extrusion can be inwards
(the profile gets smaller as it extrudes) or outward.
5
Extrude.
Click Extrude
Renaming
Features
and extrude the rectangle 10mm upwards. Click OK.
Any feature that appears in the FeatureManager design tree (aside from
the part itself) can be renamed using the procedure below. Renaming
features is a useful technique for finding and editing features in later
stages of the model. Well chosen, logical names help you to organize
your work and make it easier when someone else has to edit or modify
your model.
6
Rename the feature.
It is good practice to rename important features that you create with
some meaningful name. In the FeatureManager design tree, use a very
slow double-click to edit the feature Boss-Extrude1. When the name
is highlighted and editable, type BasePlate as the new feature name.
All features in the SOLIDWORKS system can be edited in the same
way.
Tip
70
Instead of using a slow double-click to edit the name, you can select the
name and press F2.
Fund3D.book Page 71 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Boss Feature
The next feature will be the boss
with a curved top. The sketch
plane for this feature will be a
planar face of the model instead
of an existing plane. The required
sketch geometry is shown
overlaid on the finished model.
Sketching on a
Planar Face
Any planar (flat) face of the model can be used as a sketch plane.
Simply select the face and click Sketch . Where faces are difficult
to select because they are obscured by other faces, the Select Other
tool can be used to choose a face without reorienting the view. In this
case, the planar face on the front of the BasePlate is used.
7
Insert new sketch.
Select the indicated face and click
Sketch
.
Sketch Plane
Note
Make sure that Features > Instant 3D
is turned off. Leaving it on
will cause several handles and axes that we are not currently using to
appear on the face.
Sketching
SOLIDWORKS offers a rich variety of sketch tools for creating profile
geometry. In this example, Tangent Arc is used to create an arc that
begins tangent to a selected endpoint on the sketch. Its other endpoint
can be placed in space or on another sketch entity.
Introducing:
Tangent Arc
Tangent Arc is used to create tangent arcs in a sketch. The arc must be
Where to Find It

tangent to some other entity, line or arc, at its start.


CommandManager: Sketch > Arc
> Tangent Arc
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Tangent Arc
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Tangent Arc
71
Fund3D.book Page 72 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Tangent Arc Intent
Zones
When you sketch a tangent arc, the
SOLIDWORKS software infers from the motion
of the cursor whether you want a tangent or
normal arc. There are four intent zones, with
eight possible results as shown.
You can start sketching a tangent arc from the end point of any existing
sketch entity (line, arc, spline, and so on). Move the cursor away from
the end point.
Autotransitioning
Between Lines and
Arcs

Moving the cursor in a tangent direction creates one of the four
tangent arc possibilities.

Moving the cursor in a normal direction creates on of the four
normal arc possibilities.

A preview shows what type of arc you are sketching.

You can change from one type of tangent arc to the other by
returning the cursor to the endpoint and moving away in a different
direction.
When using Line
, you can switch from sketching a line to sketching
a tangent arc, and back again, without clicking Tangent Arc
. You
can do this by returning the cursor to the endpoint and moving away in
a different direction or by pressing the A key on the keyboard.
8
Vertical line.
Click Line
and start the vertical
line at the lower edge capturing a
Coincident
relation at the lower
edge and Vertical relation .
9
Autotransition.
Move the cursor back to the endpoint and move away in a different
direction.You are now in tangent arc mode.
10 Tangent arc.
Sketch a 180° arc tangent to the
vertical line. Look for the inference
line indicating that the end point of
the arc is aligned horizontally with
the arc’s center.
When you finish sketching, the
sketch tool automatically switches
back to the line tool.
72
Fund3D.book Page 73 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
11 Finishing lines.
Create a vertical line from the arc end
to the base, and one more line
connecting the bottom ends of the
two vertical lines.
Note that the horizontal line is black,
but its endpoints are not.
12 Add dimensions.
Add linear and radial
dimensions to the sketch.
As you add the dimensions,
move the cursor around to view
different possible orientations.
Always dimension to an arc by selecting on its circumference, rather
than center. This makes other dimensioning options (min and max)
available.
13 Extrude direction.
Click Extrude
and set the
Depth to 10mm. Note that the
preview shows the extrusion
going into the base, in the
proper direction.
If the direction of the preview is
away from the base, click
Reverse Direction
.
Note
When using the Spin Increment arrows, the
default up and down increment is 10mm.
Pressing the Alt key with an arrow drops it to
1/10X, or 1mm. Using it with Ctrl key it
increases it 10X to 100mm.
73
Fund3D.book Page 74 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
14 Completed boss.
The boss merges with the previous
base to form a single solid.
Rename the feature VertBoss.
Cut Feature
Once the two main boss features are completed, it is time to create a cut
to represent the removal of material. Cut features are created in the
same way as bosses - in this case with a sketch and extrusion.
Introducing:
Cut Extrude
The menu for creating a cut feature by extruding is identical to that of
creating a boss. The only difference is that a cut removes material while
a boss adds it. Other than that distinction, the commands are the same.
This cut represents a slot.
Where to Find It


CommandManager: Features > Extruded Cut
Menu: Insert, Cut, Extrude
15 Rectangle.
Press Space bar and click
. Start a sketch on
this large face and add a
rectangle Coincident with
the bottom model edge.
Front
Turn off the rectangle tool.
16
Dimensions.
Add a dimension as shown.
Note
74
The sketch is under defined, but it will be made fully defined later in
this lesson. See Status of a Sketch on page 38.
Fund3D.book Page 75 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
View Selector
The View Selector helps to visualize how
views of the model will appear by using a
transparent cube surrounding the model.
Select a face of the cube to look at the model
through the cube, normal to that face or select
a view orientation by name.
The cube can also be rotated prior to selecting
a face.
Where to Find It

Heads-up View Toolbar: View Orientation
and
View Selector

Note
Keyboard Shortcut: Space bar
Pressing the Space Bar opens the View Selector and the Orientation
dialog box. Pressing Ctrl+Space bar opens only the View Selector.
17 View Selector.
Press Space Bar and click the corner of the cube that is labeled
Isometric.
75
Fund3D.book Page 76 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
18 Through All Cut.
Click Extruded Cut
. Choose Through All
and click OK. This type of end condition always
cuts through the entire model no matter how far.
No depth setting was needed. Rename the
feature BottomSlot.
Using the Hole
Wizard
The Hole Wizard is used to create specialized holes in a solid. It can
create simple, tapered, counterbored and countersunk holes using a step
by step procedure. I n this example, the Hole Wizard will be used to
create a standard hole.
Creating a
Standard Hole
You can choose the face to insert the hole onto, define the hole’s
dimensions and locate the hole using the Hole Wizard. One of the most
intuitive aspects of the Hole Wizard is that you specify the size of the
hole by the fastener that goes into it.
Tip
You can also place holes on planes and non-planar faces. For example,
you can create a hole on a cylindrical face.
Counterbore Hole
A counterbore hole is required in this model. Using the front face of the
model and a relation, the hole can be positioned.
Note
The Advanced Hole Wizard (Insert, Features,
Advanced Hole) is similar to the Hole Wizard, but
allows you to design a stack of hole styles including
counterbores, countersinks, tapered, tapped, and
standard holes.
Introducing:
The Hole Wizard
The Hole Wizard creates shaped holes, such as countersunk and
counterbore types. The process creates two sketches. One defines the
shape of the hole. The other, a point, locates the center.
Where to Find It


76
CommandManager: Features > Hole Wizard
Menu: Insert, Features, Hole Wizard
Fund3D.book Page 77 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
19 Select Counterbore.
Select the face indicated and click Hole
Wizard
. Set the properties of the hole as
follows:
Type: Counterbore
Standard: ANSI Metric
Type: Hex Bolt - ANSI B18.2.3.5M
Size: M8
End Condition: Through All
Select this face
20 Wake up the centerpoint.
Click the Positions tab.
Hover the cursor over the
circumference of the large arc.
Do not click.
When the Coincident symbol
appears , the center point of
the large arc has been “woken
up” and is now a point you can
snap to.
Click the point onto the arc’s centerpoint. Look for the feedback that
tells you that you are snapping to the arc’s center, a coincident relation.
Click OK to complete the dialog.
77
Fund3D.book Page 78 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Filleting
Filleting refers to both fillets (adding volume) and rounds (removing
volume). The distinction is made by the geometric conditions, not the
command itself. Fillets are created on selected edges of the model.
Those edges can be selected in several ways, and several options exist
for creating different fillet types including constant size, variable size,
face and full round fillets. Fillet profile options include circular, conic
and curvature continuous.
Note
See the Advanced Part Modeling course for more information on fillet
types and options.
Filleting Rules
Some general filleting rules are:
1. Leave cosmetic fillets until the end.
2. Create multiple fillets that will have the same radius in the same
command.
3. When you need fillets of different radii, generally you should make
the larger fillets first.
4. Fillet order is important. Fillets create faces and edges that can be
used to generate more fillets.
5. Existing fillets can be converted to chamfers (see Chamfers on
page 173).
Tip
The FeatureXpert can be used to automate the sizing and ordering of
fillets.
Selection Toolbar
The Selection Toolbar can be used to turn a single edge selection into
multiple, related, selections. It will not be used in this example, but it
will be explained in Edge Selection on page 171.
Preview
You have a choice between Full preview, Partial preview and No
preview of the fillet. Full preview, as shown in the following images,
generates a mesh preview on each selected edge. Partial preview only
generates the preview on the first edge you select. As you gain
experience with filleting, you will probably want to use Partial or No
preview because they are faster.
78
Fund3D.book Page 79 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Features > Fillet
Menu: Insert, Features, Fillet/Round

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a face or edge and click Fillet

21 Insert Fillet.
Click Fillet
Size Fillet
8mm.
. Click Manual, click Constant
and set the radius value to
Clear Show selection toolbar and click Full
preview.
22 Select edge.
Select the two hidden edges shown through the
model as shown.
23 Additional selections.
Select the additional four corner edges as shown and click OK.
Note
All six fillets are controlled by the same dimension value. The creation
of these fillets has generated new edges suitable for the next series of
fillets.
79
Fund3D.book Page 80 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Recent Commands
SOLIDWORKS provides a
“just used” buffer that lists
the last few commands for
easy reuse. The Enter key can
also be used to re-launch the
last used command.
Recent Features
The History folder contains a list of the most
recent features that have been created or
edited. This is useful for getting access to
recent features. See Editing Tools on page 81
for more information.
24 Recent Command.
Right-click in the graphics area and click Recent Commands and the
Fillet command from the drop-down list to use it again.
25 Preview and propagate.
Add another fillet, radius 3mm, using Full
preview.
Select the edges indicated to see the
selected edges and preview.
Click OK.
80
Fund3D.book Page 81 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Editing Tools
Three of the most common editing tools are introduced in this lesson:
Edit Sketch, Edit Feature and Rollback. They can be used to edit and
repair sketches and features as well as specify where, in the
FeatureManager design tree, the features are to be created.
Tip
The other editing tools are found later in this lesson: Editing Features
on page 82 and Rollback Bar on page 82.
Editing a Sketch
Once created, sketches can be changed using Edit Sketch. This opens
the selected sketch so that you can change anything: the dimension
values, the dimensions themselves, the geometry or geometric
relations.
Introducing:
Edit Sketch
Edit Sketch enables you to access a sketch and make changes to any
Where to Find It

aspect of it. During editing, the model is “rolled back” to its state at the
time the sketch was created. The model will be rebuilt when the sketch
is exited.
Shortcut Menu: Right-click a sketch or feature and click
Edit Sketch

Menu: Select a face and click Edit, Sketch
26 Edit the sketch.
Right-click the BottomSlot feature and click Edit Sketch
existing sketch will be opened for editing.
Selecting Multiple
Objects
. The
As you learned in Selecting Multiple Objects on page 45, when
selecting multiple objects, hold down the Ctrl key and then select the
objects.
27 Relations.
Select the endpoint and edge as shown and add
a Coincident relation.
28 Repeat.
Repeat the procedure for the endpoint
at the other end of the rectangle as
shown. The addition of these relations
will fully define the sketch.
81
Fund3D.book Page 82 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Note
For more information about relations, see Sketch Relations on page 41.
29 Exit the sketch.
Click Exit Sketch
in the upper right (confirmation) corner to
exit the sketch and rebuild the part.
Editing Features
The second fillet should also be applied to the top edges of the Base
Plate. To do this we will edit the definition of the last fillet feature.
Introducing:
Edit Feature
Edit Feature changes how a feature is applied to the model. Each
Fillet Propagation
The Tangent Propagation checkbox within the Fillet tool allows a
fillet feature to flow to tangent edges of the selections made.
Where to Find It

Menu: Select a feature and click Edit, Definition

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a feature and click Edit Feature
feature has specific information that can be changed or added to,
depending on the type of feature it is. As a general rule, the same dialog
box used to create a feature is used to edit it.
30 Edit the feature.
Right-click the Fillet2 feature and click Edit Feature . The existing
feature will be opened for editing using the same PropertyManager that
was used to create the feature. Make sure that Tangent Propagation is
clicked.
31 Select additional edge.
Select the additional short edge as shown and
the propagation will create the fillets as
shown. Click OK.
Rollback Bar
The Rollback Bar is the blue horizontal bar
located at the bottom of the FeatureManager
design tree.
The Rollback Bar has many uses. It can be used to “walk through” a
model showing the steps that were followed to build it or to add
features at a specific point in the part’s history. In this example, it will
be used to add a hole feature between the existing fillet features.
82
Fund3D.book Page 83 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Using Rollback with
Large Parts
The Rollback Bar is also useful when editing large parts to limit
rebuilding. Roll back to the position just after the feature that you are
editing. When the editing is completed, the part is rebuilt only up to the
rollback bar. This prevents the entire part from being rebuilt. The part
can be saved in a rollback state.
Introducing: The
Rollback Bar
You can roll back a part using the Rollback Bar in the FeatureManager
design tree. The rollback bar is a line which highlights when selected.
Drag the bar up or down the FeatureManager design tree to step
forward or backward through the regeneration sequence.
Note
To move the rollback bar with the arrow keys, click Tools, Options,
System Options, FeatureManager, Arrow key navigation. The
focus must be set to the rollback bar by clicking on it. If the focus is set
to the graphics area, the arrow keys will rotate the model.
Where to Find It


Shortcut Menu: Right-click a feature and click Rollback
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the FeatureManager design tree and
click Roll to Previous or Roll to End
32 Rollback.
Click on the Rollback Bar and drag it upwards. Drop it before the fillet
features as shown.
83
Fund3D.book Page 84 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
33 Hole Wizard.
Click the Hole Wizard
and click the Positions tab.
34 Face selection.
Select the face indicated.
Select this face
35 Holes.
Add two points and dimension them as shown.
36 Type.
Click the Type tab and set the properties of the
hole as follows. Click OK.
Type: Hole
Standard: Ansi Metric
Type: Drill sizes
Size: 7.0
End Condition: Through All
84
Fund3D.book Page 85 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
37 Change the view orientation.
Click Isometric
orientation.
to change view
38 Roll to end.
Right-click on the rollback bar and click Roll
to End.
Introducing:
Appearances
Use Appearances to change the color and optical properties of
graphics. Color Swatches can also be created for user defined colors.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a face, feature, body, part, or
component, click Appearances, and click the item to edit

Heads-up View Toolbar: Edit Appearance
85
Fund3D.book Page 86 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
39 Select swatch.
Click Edit Appearance
. Under the Color
selection, select the standard swatch and one
of the colors as shown.
Click OK.
40 Display appearances.
Click the DisplayManager
tab to see the
color listed. Click the FeatureManager design
tree
tab.
Tip
The DisplayManager can also be used to view and modify decals,
scenes, lights and cameras.
A Note About Color
in the User Interface
You can customize the colors of the SOLIDWORKS user interface.
This is done through Tools, Options, System Options, Colors. You
can select predefined color schemes, or create your own. In some cases,
we have altered colors from their default settings to improve clarity and
reproduction quality. As a result, the colors on your system may not
match the colors used in this book.
41 Save the results.
Click Save
86
to save your work.
Fund3D.book Page 87 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Detailing Basics
SOLIDWORKS enables you to easily create drawings from parts or
assemblies. These drawings are fully associative with the parts and
assemblies they reference. If you change the model, the drawing will
update.
Various topics related to making drawings are integrated into several
lessons throughout this book. The material presented here is just the
beginning. Specifically:



Creating a new drawing file and sheet.
Creating drawing views using the View Palette.
Using dimension assist tools.
A comprehensive treatment of detailing is offered in the course
SOLIDWORKS Drawings.
87
Fund3D.book Page 88 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Settings Used in
the Template
The drawing template used in this section has been designed to include
the Document Properties shown in the chart below. Settings are
accessed through Tools, Options. The settings that will be used in this
lesson are:
System Options
Document Properties
(Set using drawing template)
Drawings, Display Style:
Drafting Standard:
• Display style for new views =
Hidden lines removed
• Overall drafting standard =
ANSI
• Tangent Edges = Visible
Colors:
Dimensions:
• Drawings, Hidden Model Edges
= Black
• Font = Century Gothic
• Primary precision = .123
• Add parentheses by default =
Selected
Detailing, Auto insert on view
creation:
• All options = cleared
Units
• Unit system =MMGS
CommandManager
Tabs
When working in a drawing document, the CommandManager tabs
will update to include toolbars that are specific to the process of
detailing and making drawings. They are:

View Layout

Annotation
New Drawing
Drawing files (*.SLDDRW) are SOLIDWORKS files that contain
drawing sheets. Each sheet is the equivalent of a single sheet of paper.
Introducing: Make
Drawing from Part
Make Drawing from Part takes the current part and steps through the
Where to Find It

creation of a drawing file, sheet format and initial drawing views using
that part.

88
Menu Bar: New
, Make Drawing from Part/Assembly
Menu: File, Make Drawing from Part
Fund3D.book Page 89 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
1
Create Drawing.
Click Make Drawing from Part/Assembly
and choose
B_Size_ANSI_MM from the Training Templates tab.
The sheet format creates a B-size drawing (11” x 17”) arranged with its
long edge horizontal. The sheet format includes a border, title block,
and other graphics.
Tip
Double-clicking the template will automatically open it, eliminating the
need to click OK.
Drawing Views
The initial task of detailing is the creation of views. Using the Make
Drawing from Part/Assembly tool leads you through the selection of
the drawing sheet to the View Palette. Previews of the model
orientations are shown in the lower pane of the View Palette. Create
views on the drawing sheet by using a drag and drop procedure.
Additional views can be projected or folded directly from the dropped
view.
These options are discussed in detail in the SOLIDWORKS Drawings
course.
2
View Palette.
Clear Import Annotations. Drag the Front view from the View
Palette and drop it onto the drawing as shown.
89
Fund3D.book Page 90 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
3
Projected views.
Once the first view is placed, Projected View become active. Add the
Top view by moving the cursor above the view and clicking.
Return the cursor to the Front view and move to the right to create the
Right view. Click OK.
4
Drawing views.
Add the *Isometric view by dragging and dropping from the palette.
Place it in the upper right corner.
Note
90
The part document is still open. You can press Ctrl+Tab to switch
between the drawing and part document windows.
Fund3D.book Page 91 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Tangent Edges
Tangent Edges are topological edges of faces that match in tangency.
The most commonly seen tangent edges are the edges of fillets. They
are often made visible in pictorial views but are removed from
orthographic views.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click the view and click Tangent Edge
5
Remove tangent edges.
Using the Control key, select the front, top, and right views. Click
Tangent Edge and Tangent Edges Removed.
6
Display style.
Click the Isometric view and click Shaded
click Hidden Lines Visible
. In the other views,
.
91
Fund3D.book Page 92 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Moving Views
Drawing views can be repositioned on the drawing. You place your
pointer over the view border, then drag the view. In the standard 3 view
arrangement, the Front view is the source view. This means that
moving the front view moves all three views. The Top and Right views
are aligned to the Front. They can only move along their axis of
alignment.
7
Move Aligned Views.
Select the edge and move the Front view. It can be moved in any
direction and the other views remain aligned.
Note
92
Once the drawing view has been selected, it can be dragged with the
mouse or moved with the arrow keys. The distance moved for each
press of an arrow key is set under Tools, Options, System Options,
Drawings, Keyboard movement increment. Use Alt-drag to select
anywhere in the view. Use Shift-drag to maintain the spacing between
the views while dragging.
Fund3D.book Page 93 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Center Marks
Center Marks are attached to circle and arc centers in the drawing
view.
Center marks were not inserted into the drawing
views automatically. You can turn this option on
or off. Set your preference using the Tools,
Options, Document Properties, Detailing
menu.
Where to Find It



CommandManager: Annotation > Center Mark
Menu: Insert, Annotations, Center Mark
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Annotations, Center Mark
8
Center Mark.
Click Center Mark
.
Clear Use document defaults, check the
Extended lines option and set the Mark size to
2mm as shown.
Click the large arc in the front view. Continue
adding center marks to the two holes in the Top
view.
Click OK.
93
Fund3D.book Page 94 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Dimensioning
Dimensions can be created in drawing views using several tools. Some
dimensions can be related to the dimensions generated in the sketches
and features of the model. These are driving dimensions. Other
dimensions are independent of the sketches and features of the model.
These are driven dimensions.
Driving
Dimensions
Driving dimensions always display the proper values and can be used
to change the model. The Model Items tool imports the dimensions
created in the sketches and features of the model into the drawing.
Driven
Dimensions
Driven dimensions always display the proper values but cannot be used
to change the model. The values of driven dimensions change when the
model dimensions change. By default, dimensions of this type appear
in a different color and are enclosed in parentheses. Here are two ways
to create driven dimensions:


Introducing: Model
Items
The Smart Dimension tool manually adds dimensions to the
model like those in a sketch.
The DimXpert tool adds dimensions working from a datum
position.
The Model Items tool assists in adding
dimensions to a view or all views using the
sketch and feature dimensions of the model.
You can import the dimensions for a selected
feature or the entire model. It also has the
capability to select and import different types
of dimensions as well as many types of
Annotations and Reference Geometry that
may exist within the model.
Where to Find It


94
CommandManager: Annotation > Model Items
Menu: Insert, Model Items
Fund3D.book Page 95 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
9
Model items.
Click Model Items . Click Entire Model as
the Source and Import items into all views.
Under Dimensions, click Marked for
drawing, Hole Wizard Locations, Hole
callout and Eliminate duplicates.
Click OK.
Note
The position of a dimension depends on how the feature was created
and where the model dimension was placed. Your results may vary
from the image above.
Tip
Once the dimensions are inserted, they are associated to that view and
will move with it unless you deliberately move them to another view or
delete them. For more information, see Manipulating Dimensions on
page 96.
95
Fund3D.book Page 96 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Manipulating
Dimensions
Once dimensions have been added to a view, there are several options
as to how they can be manipulated:
Drag
Drag dimensions by their text to new locations.
Use the inference lines to align and position
them.
Hide
Right-click the dimension text and click Hide
from the shortcut menu.
Move to another
view
There is generally more than one view where a
dimension can be used. To move a dimension,
Shift + drag the dimension onto another view.
Copy to another
view
To copy the dimension, hold down Ctrl and drag
it into another view and drop it.
Delete
Unwanted dimensions can be deleted from the
drawing using the Delete key.
10 Drag dimensions.
Drag dimensions within the view to reposition them as shown.
Tip
96
Align dimension text using the yellow guidelines.
Fund3D.book Page 97 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
11 Move to another view.
Shift + drag the 125mm dimension to Drawing View1 and drop it. It
will be moved from the original view to the new view.
12 Move remaining dimensions.
Move dimensions to reposition them as shown.
97
Fund3D.book Page 98 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
Dimension Palette
The Dimension Palette appears near your cursor when you insert a
dimension or select one or more dimensions. It can be used to change
the dimensions’ properties, formatting, position, and alignment.
Where to Find It

Dimension Assist
Tool - Smart
Dimensioning
Use the Smart dimensioning option of the dimension assist tool to
manually add dimensions in the drawing. These dimensions are
considered to be driven dimensions. See Driven Dimensions on
page 94.
Select one or more dimensions then click
13 Arrange the dimensions.
Select all of the dimensions in the top view and click
to open the
Dimension Palette. Then, click Auto Arrange Dimensions
provide better spacing and alignment of the dimensions.
Note
Adjustments can be made to dimensions after using arrange.
14 Dimensioning.
Click Smart Dimension
. Select vertices
at the top and bottom and place the dimension
to the left of the view.
Click OK.
98
to
Fund3D.book Page 99 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
Associativity
Between the Model
and the Drawing
In the SOLIDWORKS software, everything is associative. If you make
a change to an individual part, that change will propagate to any and all
drawings and assemblies that reference it.
15 Switch windows.
Press Ctrl+Tab and click the part file
to switch back to the part document
window.
Changing
Parameters
SOLIDWORKS makes it very easy to make changes to the dimensions
of your part. This ease of editing is one of the principal benefits of
parametric modeling. It is also why it is so important to properly
capture your design intent. If you don’t properly capture the design
intent, changes to dimensions may cause quite unexpected results in
your part.
Rebuilding the
Model
After you make changes to the dimensions, you must rebuild the model
to cause those changes to take affect.
Rebuild Symbol
If you make changes to a sketch or part that require the part to be
rebuilt, a rebuild symbol
is displayed beside the part’s name as well
as superimposed on the icon of the feature that requires rebuilding
. Look for the rebuild icon on the Status Bar, also.
The rebuild symbol also is displayed when you are editing a sketch.
When you exit the sketch, the part rebuilds automatically.
Introducing: Rebuild
Rebuild regenerates the model with any changes you have made.
Where to Find It



Menu Bar: Rebuild
Menu: Edit, Rebuild
Keyboard Shortcut: Ctrl+B
Tip
The model is also rebuilt when it is saved.
Note
To rebuild all features, press Ctrl+Q.
99
Fund3D.book Page 100 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 3
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic Part Modeling
16 Double-click on the feature.
You can double-click on the BasePlate feature either in the
FeatureManager design tree or the graphics area. When you do this, the
parameters associated with the feature will appear.
Double-click on the 125mm dimension indicated. The Modify dialog
box will appear. Enter a new value either by typing it directly or by
using the spin box arrows. Enter 150mm and click OK.
17 Rebuild the part to see the results.
Rebuild the part by clicking Rebuild . If you use the one on the
Modify dialog box, the dialog box will stay open so you can make
another change. This makes exploring “what if” scenarios easy.
100
Fund3D.book Page 101 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling
18 Update the drawing.
Press Ctrl+Tab and click the drawing file to switch back to the drawing
sheet. The drawing will update automatically to reflect the changes in
the model. Dimensions may move during the rebuilding process and
require some clean up.
19 Close the drawing.
Click File, Close to close the drawing. Click Save All to save both the
drawing and part files.
20 Confirm.
Click Yes to update the drawing views before saving the drawing. Save
the drawing file in the same folder as the part.
101
Fund3D.book Page 102 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Plate
Exercise 7:
Plate
Create this part using the information
and dimensions provided. Sketch and
extrude profiles to create the part. This
lab reinforces the following skills:





Choosing the Best Profile on
page 64
Introducing: Corner Rectangle on
page 69
Sketching on a Planar Face on page 71
Boss Feature on page 71
Using the Hole Wizard on page 76
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new mm part and name it Plate. Create the geometry as
shown in the following steps.
1
Sketch base feature.
Create a new sketch on the Top plane.
Add the geometry and dimensions as
shown.
2
102
Extrude base feature.
Extrude the sketch 10mm as shown.
Fund3D.book Page 103 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 7
Plate
3
Boss.
Create a new sketch on the top face of the solid. Add the geometry and
dimensions as shown.
Extrude a boss 25mm.
4
Hole Wizard.
Click Hole Wizard
and click the face shown.
Click the Type tab. Set the properties of the hole as follows:
Type: Hole
Standard: Ansi Metric
Type: Drill sizes
Size: 25mm
End Condition: Through All
Click the Positions tab. Place the points as shown.
5
Save and close the part.
103
Fund3D.book Page 104 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 8
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Cuts
Exercise 8:
Cuts
Use rectangles, tangent arcs and
cut features to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:




Introducing:
Corner Rectangle on page 69
Tangent Arc Intent Zones on
page 72
Cut Feature on page 74
Filleting on page 78
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new mm part and name it Cuts. Create the geometry as shown
in the following steps.
1
Sketch base feature.
Create a new sketch on the Top plane. Add the geometry and
dimensions as shown.
2
104
Extrude base feature.
Extrude the sketch 5mm as shown.
Fund3D.book Page 105 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 8
Cuts
3
Cut slot.
Create a new sketch on the top
face of the solid. Add the
geometry and dimensions as
shown.
Extrude a cut using Through
All.
Remember to create a closed profile by sketching the line across the
bottom.
Tip
4
Cut another slot.
Create a new sketch using the
same face. Add the geometry
and dimensions as shown.
Extrude another cut using
Through All.
5
Cut rectangle.
Create a new sketch using the same face. Add the geometry and
dimensions as shown.
Extrude another cut using Through All.
105
Fund3D.book Page 106 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 8
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Cuts
6
Fillets.
Add fillets of R10mm and R8mm to the edges as shown.
7
106
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 107 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 9
Basic-Changes
Exercise 9:
Basic-Changes
Make changes to the part
created in the previous
lesson.
This exercise uses the
following skills:


Procedure
Changing
Parameters on
page 99
Rebuilding the Model
on page 99
Open an existing part and edit it.
1
Open the part
Basic-Changes.
Several changes will be
performed on the model to resize
it and check the design intent.
2
Overall dimension.
Double-click the first feature (Base Plate) in the FeatureManager
design tree or on the screen to access the dimensions. Change the
length dimension to 150mm (shown bold and underlined below) and
rebuild the model.
107
Fund3D.book Page 108 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Basic-Changes
3
Boss.
Double-click the Vert boss feature and change the height dimension as
shown. Rebuild the part.
4
Hole locations.
Double-click the Ø7.0 (7) Diameter Hole1 feature and change the
position dimensions to 20mm. Rebuild the model.
5
Center the Vert Boss.
Determine the proper value and change the dimension that centers the
Vert Boss on the base.
Optionally, you can delete the dimension and add a relations that
centers the VertBoss relative to the base.
Tip
6
108
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 109 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 10
Base Bracket
Exercise 10:
Base Bracket
This lab reinforces the
following skills:




Choosing the Best
Profile on page 64
Boss Feature on
page 71
Using the Hole Wizard
on page 76
Filleting on page 78
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new mm part and name it Base_Bracket. Create the geometry
as shown in the following steps.
1
Sketch base feature.
Create a new sketch on the Top plane. Add the geometry and
dimensions as shown.
2
Extrude base feature.
Extrude the sketch 20mm to create the base feature as shown.
109
Fund3D.book Page 110 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 10
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Base Bracket
3
Sketch on rear face.
Change to the Back view orientation, select the face indicated and
create a new sketch. Add the geometry and dimensions as shown.
Select Face
4
Extrude boss.
Extrude to the sketch 20mm as shown.
110
Fund3D.book Page 111 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 10
Base Bracket
5
Fillets.
Add fillets to the edges as shown.
R20mm
R25mm
R12mm
111
Fund3D.book Page 112 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 10
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Base Bracket
6
Hole Wizard.
Click Hole Wizard
and click the face shown. Click the Type tab
and set the properties of the hole as follows:
Type: Hole
Standard: Ansi Metric
Type: Drill sizes
Size: 20mm
End Condition: Through All
Click the Positions tab and locate the holes as shown.
Select Face
7
Second hole.
Repeat the procedure to create an 18mm hole on a different face as
shown.
Select Face
8
112
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 113 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 11
Part Drawings
Exercise 11:
Part Drawings
Create this part drawing using the
information provided.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:




Procedure
New Drawing on page 88
Drawing Views on page 89
Center Marks on page 93
Dimensioning on page 94
Create a new drawing and add the views and dimensions shown in the
following steps.
1
Open part.
Open the part Basic-Changes-Done.
2
New drawing.
Use the Make Drawing from Part command and the
B_Size_ANSI_MM template to create the drawing views as shown.
3
Dimensions.
Add the annotations and dimensions as shown.
4
Save and close all files.
113
Fund3D.book Page 114 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 11
Part Drawings
114
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Fund3D.book Page 115 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
Patterning
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Create a linear pattern.

Add a circular pattern.

Use geometry patterns properly.

Create and use the reference geometry types axes and planes.

Create a mirror pattern.

Use the pattern seed only option with a linear pattern.

Add a sketch driven pattern.

Automate the process of fully defining a sketch.
115
Fund3D.book Page 116 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Why Use
Patterns?
Patterns are the best method for creating multiple instances of one or
more features when the design intent is for the features to always
remain the same. Use of patterns is preferable to other methods for
several reasons.

Reuse of geometry
The original or Seed feature is created only once. Pattern Instances
of the seed are created and placed, with references back to the seed.

Changes
Due to the seed/instance relationship, changes to the seed are
automatically passed on to the instances.

Use of Assembly Component
Patterns
Patterns created at the part level are
reusable at the assembly level as
Pattern Driven Patterns. The pattern
can be used to place component parts
or subassemblies.

Smart Fasteners
One last advantage of patterns is to
support the use of Smart Fasteners.
Smart Fasteners are used to
automatically add fasteners to the
assembly. These are specific to holes.
To use patterns, you should understand the terms seed and pattern
instance.
Pattern Terminology

Seed
The seed is the geometry to be patterned. It can be one or more
features, bodies or faces.

Pattern Instance
The Pattern Instance (or just Instance) is the “copy” of the seed
created by the pattern. It is in fact much more than a copy because it is
derived from the seed and changes with the seed.
116
Fund3D.book Page 117 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Types of Patterns
There are many types of patterns available in SOLIDWORKS and the
following table is intended to highlight the typical uses for each type.
Note
Not all of the pattern types in the table are shown as case studies.
Pattern Type:
Typical usage:
Linear . . . . . . . .
One-directional array with equal
spacing.
Linear . . . . . . . .
Two-directional array with equal
spacing.
Linear . . . . . . . .
Two-directional array; pattern
seed only.
Linear . . . . . . . .
One- or two-directional array.
Selected instances removed.
Linear . . . . . . . .
One- or two-directional array.
Selected dimensions varied.
Key:
Seed =
Pattern Instance =
117
Fund3D.book Page 118 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Circular . . . . . . .
Circular . . . . . . .
Circular array with equal spacing
about a center.
Circular array with even spacing
about a center. Selected
instances removed or angle less
than 360°.
Circular . . . . . . .
Circular array with even spacing
about a center and symmetric
spacing.
Circular . . . . . . .
Circular array with selected
dimensions varied.
Mirror. . . . . . . . .
Mirrored orientation about a
selected plane.
Table Driven . . .
Arrangement based on a table of
XY locations from a coordinate
system.
118
Fund3D.book Page 119 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Sketch Driven . .
Arrangement based on the
positions of points in a sketch.
Curve Driven. . .
Arrangement based on the
geometry of a curve.
Curve Driven. . .
Arrangement of full or partial
circular path.
Curve Driven. . .
Arrangement based on the
geometry of a projected curve.
Fill . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arrangement of instances to
pattern based on a face.
Fill can also use default shapes:
circles, squares, diamonds, or
polygons.
Variable . . . . . . . .
Arrangement based on selected
dimensions in a pattern table
varied along a planar or curved
surface.
119
Fund3D.book Page 120 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Pattern Options
Pattern
Feature
Pattern features share several options. They are unique to this class of
feature and will be discussed in detail later in this lesson.
Select
Feature,
Bodies or
Faces
Propagate
Visual
Properties
Pattern
Seed
Only
Skip
Instances
Geometry
Pattern
Vary
Sketch
Instances
to Vary
Linear







Circular




Mirror



Table
Driven



Sketch
Driven



Curve
Driven


Fill


Features
only

Variable
Note








The sketch options Linear Sketch Pattern
All
instances
vary
and Circular Sketch
can be used within a sketch to create copies of sketch
geometry. They do not create pattern features.
Pattern
120
Fund3D.book Page 121 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Linear Pattern
The Linear Pattern tool creates copies, or instances, in one- or twodimensional arrays. Each array is controlled by a direction, a distance
and a number of copies or instances.
The direction can be defined by an edge, axis, temporary axis, linear
dimension, planar face/surface, conical face/surface, circular edge,
sketch circle/arc, or reference plane.
The instances are dependent on the originals. Changes to the originals
are passed on to the instanced features. This example uses the
Spacing and Instances option. For the Up to reference option, see
page 137.
Note
The number of instances includes the original or seed instance.
Where to Find It


1
CommandManager: Features > Linear Pattern
Menu: Insert, Pattern/Mirror, Linear Pattern
Open the part named
Linear Pattern.
The part contains the seed
feature that will be used in the
pattern.
2
Direction 1.
Click Linear Pattern
.
Select the linear edge of the
part and click Reverse
, if necessary, to
set the direction shown.
Direction
Click Spacing and instances, set the Spacing to 50mm and Number
of Instances to 5.
Note
The callout is attached to the geometry used to
define the pattern direction or axis. It contains the
key settings for Spacing and Instances and is
editable. Click the value field to change to change
the value.
121
Fund3D.book Page 122 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Flyout
FeatureManager
Design Tree
The flyout FeatureManager
design tree enables you to
view both the FeatureManager design tree and the
PropertyManager at the same
time. This enables you to
select features from the
FeatureManager design tree
when it would otherwise be
obscured by the PropertyManager. It is also transparent, overlaying the part
graphics.
The flyout FeatureManager design tree is activated automatically with
the PropertyManager. It may appear collapsed and can be expanded by
clicking on the arrow icon preceding the top level feature.
3
Select features.
Click in Features and Faces and Features to
Pattern. Select the features Cut-Extrude1,
Fillet1 and Fillet2 from the flyout
FeatureManager tree.
4
Direction 2.
Expand the Direction 2 group box and click a
second linear edge as shown.
Click Spacing and instances, set the Spacing
to 35mm and Instances to 5.
122
Fund3D.book Page 123 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Skipping
Instances
Specific instances that are generated by the pattern can be skipped by
selecting a marker at the centroid of the instance shown in the pattern
preview. Each instance is listed in array format (2,3) for identification.
Note
The seed feature cannot be skipped.
5
Instances to Skip.
Expand the Instances to Skip group box and drag-select the center
instance markers as shown. The tooltip shows an array location that is
added to the list when selected. Click OK to add the pattern feature
LPattern1.
The input box can be expanded by dragging the bottom edge.
Note
6
Seed and instances.
Click on the pattern in the FeatureManager design tree to highlight the
seed and instances in different colors. The toolip for the pattern feature
includes information about the settings that are used.
123
Fund3D.book Page 124 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Geometry Patterns
The Geometry Pattern option is used to minimize rebuild time by
using the Seed geometry for all Instances in the pattern. It should only
be used when the geometry of the seed and the instances are of
identical or similar shape.

Without Geometry
Pattern
If the Geometry
Pattern option is
cleared, the end
condition of the seed is
used in the instances. In
this example, the Offset
From Surface end
condition of the blue
seed feature is applied
in the orange instances,
forcing them to use the
same end condition.

With Geometry
Pattern
If the Geometry
Pattern option is
checked, the geometry
of the seed is used. The
geometry is copied
along the pattern,
ignoring the end
condition.
7
Geometry Pattern.
Right-click the LPattern1 feature and click Edit
. Check the Geometry pattern option
and click OK. Because the plate is constant
thickness, the resulting geometry will look the
same.
Feature
124
Fund3D.book Page 125 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Performance
Evaluation
Performance Evaluation is a tool that displays the amount of time it
Introducing:
Performance
Evaluation
The Performance Evaluation dialog box displays a list of all features
and their rebuild times in descending order.
takes to rebuild each feature in a part. Use this tool to identify the
features that take a long time to rebuild. Once they are identified, you
can possibly edit them to increase efficiency, or suppress them if they
are not critical to the editing process.

Feature Order
Lists each item in the FeatureManager design tree: features, sketches,
and derived planes. Use the shortcut menu to Edit Feature, Suppress
features, and so on.

Time%
Displays the percentage of the total part rebuild time to regenerate each
item.

Time
Displays the amount of time in seconds that each item takes to rebuild.
Where to Find It


8
CommandManager: Evaluate > Performance Evaluation
Menu: Tools, Evaluate, Performance Evaluation
Performance Evaluation.
Click Performance
Evaluation
.
The features are listed in
descending order according to the
amount of time required to
regenerate them.
The LPattern1 feature uses the
largest portion of the rebuild time.
Click Close.
9
Geometry Pattern off.
Right-click the LPattern1 feature and click Edit Feature
.
Clear the Geometry pattern option and click OK.
125
Fund3D.book Page 126 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
10 Repeat.
Click Performance
Evaluation
again.
The LPattern1 feature uses a
larger portion of the rebuild time
when the geometry pattern is
toggled off.
11 Save and close the part.
Interpreting the Data
The first thing to keep in mind is that the total rebuild time for this part
is much less than one second, so a change to any one feature is not
likely to make a significant difference.
The second thing is the number of significant digits and rounding error.
For example, Feature1 may appear to take twice as long to rebuild as
Feature2, 0.02 seconds versus 0.01 seconds. Does this indicate a
problem with Feature1? Not necessarily. It is quite possible that
Feature1 takes 0.0151 seconds while Feature2 takes 0.0149 seconds,
a difference of only 0.0002 seconds.
Use Performance Evaluation to identify features that significantly
impact rebuild time. Then either:


What Affects
Rebuild Time?
Suppress or delete features to improve performance. Optionally,
you can do this directly from the Performance Evaluation dialog
box.
Analyze and modify features to improve performance.
Features can be analyzed to determine why they behave as they do.
Depending on the feature type and how it is used, the reasons will vary.
For sketched features, look for external relations and end conditions
that reference other features. Keep these relations attached to the
earliest feature possible. Do the same for sketch planes.
Tip
In general, the more parents that a feature has, the slower it will rebuild.
For features applied to edges or faces, check the feature’s options and
the position of the feature in the FeatureManager design tree.
126
Fund3D.book Page 127 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Circular
Patterns
The Circular Pattern tool creates copies, or instances, in a circular
pattern controlled by a center of rotation, an angle and the number of
copies. Changes to the originals are passed on to the instanced features.
Introducing:
Circular Pattern
Circular Pattern creates multiple instances of one or more features
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Features > Linear Pattern

Circular Pattern
Menu: Insert, Pattern/Mirror, Circular Pattern
spaced around an axis. The axis can be derived from a circular face,
circular or linear edge, axis, temporary axis or angular dimension.
1
Open the part named Circular_Pattern.
2
Pattern Axis.
Click Circular Pattern
>
.
Click in Pattern Axis and click the
cylindrical face of the model as
shown.
3
Settings.
Click in Features and Faces and click the
three features shown for Features to Pattern.
Click Equal Spacing, 4 instances and click
Geometry pattern.
Check that the Angle is set to 360° and click
OK.
127
Fund3D.book Page 128 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
The Reverse Direction
Note
and Symmetric
options are meaningful
only when an angle
other than 360° is used.
4
Save and close the part.
Reference
Geometry
There are three types of Reference Geometry that are useful in
creating patterns: Temporary Axes, Axes and Planes. For more
information on planes, see Planes on page 130.
Axes
Axes are features that must be created using one of several methods.
The advantages to creating an axis is that it can be renamed, selected by
name from the FeatureManager design tree, and resized.
Temporary Axes
Every cylindrical and conical feature has an axis associated with it.
View the temporary axes of the part using View, Temporary Axes.
One axis is displayed through each circular face in the model.
Here are some examples of creating axes and temporary axes:
Temporary Axes
can be made
permanent using
the One Line/
Edge/Axis option.
128
Select two planes
or planar faces and
the option Two
Planes.
Fund3D.book Page 129 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Select Two
Points/Vertices to
Select a
Cylindrical/
Conical Face to
define an axis
through them.
define an axis
through the
rotational center.
Select a plane or
planar face and a
point or vertex to
define an axis
normal to the
plane through the
point.
Where to Find It
View and use the
temporary axes of
any part.

CommandManager: Features > Reference Geometry
>
Axis
Where to Find It

Menu: Insert, Reference Geometry, Axis

Heads-up View Toolbar: Hide/Show Items

View Temporary Axes
Menu: View, Temporary Axes
>
129
Fund3D.book Page 130 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
1
Open the part named Circular_Pattern with Axis.
2
Create axis.
Click Axis
and select the Front and Right
planes as shown. The Two Planes option is
selected automatically. Click OK to add Axis1.
3
Circular pattern.
Click Circular Pattern
, click in Pattern Axis and click the axis
Axis1. Click in Features and Faces and click the feature
Cut-Extrude1. Click Equal Spacing, 4 instances and OK.
4
Save and close the part.
Planes
The Plane Wizard can be used to create a variety of planes using
different geometry. Planes, faces, edges, vertices, surfaces and sketch
geometry can all be used to apply constraints through First, Second
and optionally Third References. The Fully defined state is listed
when it is reached.
Tip
If the selections cannot be combined to form a
valid plane, a message appears in the dialog.
130
Fund3D.book Page 131 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Shortcut
Press Ctrl and drag an existing plane to start the Offset Distance plane
as shown below.
Here are some examples of creating planes:
Offset Distance
Angle
Select a planar
face or plane and a
distance.
Select a planar
face or plane and
an edge or axis.
Optionally create a
series of angled planes
the same distance apart.
Optionally create a series
of parallel planes the
same distance apart.
Coincident
Coincident
Select three
vertices.
Select a line and a
single vertex.
131
Fund3D.book Page 132 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Parallel
Select a face and a
vertex.
Tangent and
Parallel
Select a cylindrical
face and a planar
face or plane with
Parallel.
132
Tangent and
Perpendicular
Select a cylindrical
face and a planar
face or plane with
Perpendicular.
Mid Plane
Select two planar
faces with Mid
Plane.
Fund3D.book Page 133 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Perpendicular at
a Point
Create a plane
parallel to the
screen
Select a sketched
line and an
endpoint.
As a shortcut to
Perpendicular at a Point,
select an edge/line and
click Insert, Sketch. The
plane is created and a
sketch opened on it.
Select a vertex and
optionally an
offset.
Optionally, rightclick geometry and
click Create
Plane Parallel to
Screen.
Note
The toggle View, Hide/Show All Types can be used to hide or show all
planes, axes and sketches at once.
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Features > Reference Geometry
>
Plane

Menu: Insert, Reference Geometry, Plane
1
Open the part named Mirror_Pattern.
2
First reference.
Click Plane
shown.
and select the outer face as
133
Fund3D.book Page 134 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
3
Second reference.
Select the second outer face as shown. A
preview of the plane appears centered between
the reference selections. The Mid Plane option
is selected automatically. Click OK.
Mirror Patterns
The Mirror Pattern tool creates a copy, or instance, across a plane or
planar face. The instance is dependent on the original. Changes to the
original propagate down to the mirrored instance(s).
Introducing:
Mirror Pattern
Mirror Pattern creates one instance of one or more features or a body
Where to Find It

across a plane or planar face.

4
CommandManager: Features > Linear Pattern
Menu: Insert, Pattern/Mirror, Mirror
Mirror.
Click Mirror
and the Plane1 plane. Select
the library feature Keyed Hole 1 as the
Features to Mirror. Click OK.
134
> Mirror
Fund3D.book Page 135 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
5
Save and close the part.
Patterning a Solid
Body
To mirror all the geometry of a part (the body) about a common face,
use the common face and the solid body.
Note
The Mirror Face/Plane must be planar.
Where to Find It
Mirror PropertyManager: Bodies to Mirror
1
Open the part named Mirror_Body.
2
Mirror.
Click Mirror
preview.
and the face as shown. Click Full
135
Fund3D.book Page 136 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
3
Bodies to mirror.
Click in Bodies to Mirror, and select the part in the graphics area.
Click OK.
4
Save and close the part.
Using Pattern
Seed Only
The Pattern Seed Only option is used when a two direction pattern is
created. The second direction defaults to patterning all geometry
created by the first direction unless Pattern Seed Only is used to
pattern only the original or seed geometry. It is commonly used to
prevent overlapping results when the two directions use the same
vector.
Where to Find It
Linear Pattern PropertyManager: Pattern Seed Only
1
Open the part named Seed_Pattern.
2
Direction 1.
Click Linear Pattern
.
Select the edge as the Pattern
direction. Click Spacing and
instances, 30mm as the
Spacing, and 2 as the Number
of Instances.
For Features and Faces,
select the library feature
3_Prong_Plug2.
Note
136
An existing pattern feature can be used as the Features and Faces.
This enables you to pattern the pattern.
Fund3D.book Page 137 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
3
Direction 2.
For Direction 2, select
the edge on the opposite
side as the direction,
reversing the arrowhead.
Set the instances to 2,
spacing to 50mm.
As seen in the preview, the original (seed) feature is patterned in both
directions.
Note
4
Pattern seed only.
Click Pattern seed
only to remove the extra
instance.
Set the Direction 2
Spacing to 30mm and
click OK.
5
Up To
Reference
Save and close the
part.
The Up To Reference option is used to create a linear pattern based on
geometry rather than the number of instances. It can be used when the
spacing is known but the number of instances is based on how many
instances can fit. This example uses a part similar to the Linear Pattern
on page 121.
The Up To Reference selection sets the limit. The
Selected Reference, on the source feature, is compared to the limit.
Only the instances that fall under the limit are used.
Selected Reference
Up To Reference
If the Up To Reference selection is combined with an
Offset Distance, the offset is from the Selected Reference.
Selected Reference
Offset Distance
Note
The selections can be vertices, edges, faces, or planes.
Where to Find It
Linear Pattern PropertyManager: Up to reference
137
Fund3D.book Page 138 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
1
Open the part named Up To Reference.
2
Select reference.
Click Linear Pattern
. Select the planar
face as the Pattern direction. Set the Spacing
to 30mm. Click in Features and Faces and
select the cut feature and fillets.
3
Seed reference.
Click Up to reference and select the (green)
edge.
Click Selected Reference and select the
(purple) edge of the seed feature as shown.
The number of instances its limited by the
distance between the seed and the reference.
138
Fund3D.book Page 139 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
4
Spacing and instances.
The spacing drives the number of instances.
Change the spacing to 80mm. Only three instances can fit at this
spacing.The fourth instance would lie beyond the reference edge.
Change the spacing to 70mm. Only four instances can fit at this
spacing. The up to reference and the selected reference edges line up.
Any larger value than the current one (71mm) would drop the number
of instances to three.
Change the spacing to 50mm.
5
Two direction pattern.
Optionally a two direction
pattern can be added using
35mm spacing and skipped
instances as shown.
6
Save and close the part.
139
Fund3D.book Page 140 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
Sketch Driven
Patterns
The Sketch Driven
Patterns tool creates
copies, or instances, in
an arrangement
controlled by sketch
points. The pattern can
be based on the
centroid of the seed or
a selected point off the
centroid.
This example
represents the holes in
a structural steel plate.
Introducing: Sketch
Driven Pattern
Sketch Driven Pattern creates multiple instances based on points in a
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Features > Linear Pattern

Sketch Driven Pattern
Menu: Insert, Pattern/Mirror, Sketch Driven Pattern
selected sketch. The sketch must exist before the pattern is created.
Only point geometry is used by the Sketch Driven pattern. Other
geometry, such as construction lines, can be used to position points but
will be ignored by the pattern.
Tip
1
Open Sketch_Driven.
The part contains a seed feature (Hole) and an
existing linear pattern feature (Standard
Linear).
140
>
Fund3D.book Page 141 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Points
Points are a useful type of sketch geometry used to position hole wizard
holes and drive sketch driven patterns. they can be created individually
or based on geometry.
Introducing: Point
The Point tool creates point entities in the active sketch. The sketch
entity Point can be used to locate a position in a sketch that other
geometry (endpoints for example) cannot.
Where to Find It



CommandManager: Sketch > Point
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Point
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Point
Equal Spacing
Use the Segment tool to create equidistant points along a line or arc/
circle. To create and maintain the spacing, an Equidistant relation is
applied to each sketch point.
Where to Find It

2
Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Segment
Sketch with points.
Create a new sketch on the
front face of the Plate feature.
Create the centerline and add
the points and dimensions as
shown.
Exit the sketch.
141
Fund3D.book Page 142 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
3
Sketch driven pattern.
Click Sketch Driven Pattern
and click the
new sketch and the Centroid option. Under
Features and Faces, select the Hole feature and
click OK.
4
Add points.
Create another sketch and add points in the
pattern shown, using inferencing to line up the
rows horizontally as shown.
Automatic
Dimensioning of
Sketches
Fully Define Sketch creates relations and dimensions in a sketch.
Note
In some examples, shaded sketch contours are toggled off for clarity.
142
Several dimension styles, such as baseline, chain and ordinate are
supported. The starting points for horizontal and vertical sets can be
set.
Fund3D.book Page 143 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
Introducing: Fully
Define Sketch
Fully Define Sketch has options for relations to be added, dimension
type, dimension start location, and dimension positions.
Under defined sketch with
geometric relations.
Chain option selected with
start point at origin.
Note: Some dimensions
have been moved for
clarity.
Baseline option selected
with start points at origin.
Ordinate option selected
with start points at origin.
Note
A special option Centerline appears when centerline geometry is used
in the sketch. Dimensions can be based from the centerline.
Where to Find It

Menu: Tools, Dimensions, Fully Define Sketch

CommandManager: Sketch > Display/Delete Relations
>
Fully Define Sketch

Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Fully Define Sketch
143
Fund3D.book Page 144 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 4
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Patterning
5
Relation and dimension setup.
Click Fully Define Sketch.
Under Relations leave the default, Select All.
In Dimensions, select the endpoint of the sketch
centerline as the datum for dimensions in both
directions.
Set both Schemes to Baseline.
Click Calculate and OK.
6
Relations and dimensions.
Horizontal relations and dimensions are added to fully define the
sketch.
Set the values as shown and exit the sketch.
Note
144
Sketches dimensioned this way are fully defined but can be edited. You
can delete and replace dimensions if required.
Fund3D.book Page 145 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 4
Patterning
7
Pattern.
Add another sketch driven pattern using the new
sketch and the same seed feature, Hole.
8
Save and close the part.
145
Fund3D.book Page 146 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 12
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Linear Patterns
Exercise 12:
Linear Patterns
Create feature patterns in this part
using a Linear Pattern with Spacing
and Instances or Up to reference.
This lab uses the following skills:



Procedure
Linear Pattern on page 121
Skipping Instances on page 123
Up To Reference on page 137
Open an existing part.
1
Open the part Linear.
The part includes the “seed”
feature used in the patterns.
2
Linear pattern.
Create a pattern using the seed feature. Use the dimensions below.
3
146
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 147 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 13
Sketch Driven Patterns
Exercise 13:
Sketch Driven
Patterns
Create feature patterns using a Sketch Driven Pattern.
The model is an elevator panel.
This lab uses the following skills:

Procedure
Sketch Driven Patterns on page 140
Open an existing part.
1
Open the part Sketch Driven Pattern.
The part includes the “seed” feature used in the
pattern.
2
Sketch driven pattern.
Use the dimensions shown
to define the sketch. Use the
sketch to create a sketch
driven pattern.
Thanks to Marcus Brown of MLC CAD
Systems for submitting this example.
3
Save and close the part.
147
Fund3D.book Page 148 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 14
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Skipping Instances
Exercise 14:
Skipping
Instances
Complete this part using the
information and dimensions provided.
This lab reinforces the following skills:



Linear Pattern on page 121
Skipping Instances on page 123
Mirror Patterns on page 134
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new part.
1
New part.
Create a new mm part
2
Base feature.
Create a block
75mmx380mmx20mm.
It will be useful to have a
plane centered along the long direction.
3
Seed.
Create the seed feature using the
Hole Wizard and an ANSI MM drill.
4
Pattern.
Pattern the hole, skipping instances as shown in the diagram below.
5
Pattern of a pattern.
Mirror the pattern to create a symmetrical arrangement of holes.
6
Change.
Change the hole to 4mm diameter and rebuild.
7
148
Save and close the part.
Fund3D.book Page 149 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 15
Linear and Mirror Patterns
Exercise 15:
Linear and
Mirror Patterns
Complete this part using the information and
dimensions provided.
This lab reinforces the following skills:



Procedure
Linear Pattern on page 121
Mirror Patterns on page 134
Patterning a Solid Body on page 135
Open an existing part.
1
Open the part Linear & Mirror.
2
Linear pattern.
Using the existing feature, create a Linear Pattern
that results in three grooves that are spaced 0.20”.
3
Mirror features.
Using a single pattern feature, create the duplicate
boss and cut as shown.
4
Symmetry.
Use a third pattern feature to create the full model
from the half model using Bodies to Mirror.
5
Save and close the part.
149
Fund3D.book Page 150 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 16
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Circular Patterns
Exercise 16:
Circular
Patterns
Complete this part using the
information and dimensions
provided.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:

Procedure
150
Circular Patterns on page 127
Open the existing part Circular.
Use an equally spaced circular
pattern to pattern the cut and
fillet for 12 total instances.
Fund3D.book Page 151 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 17
Axes and Multiple Patterns
Exercise 17:
Axes and
Multiple
Patterns
Complete this part using the information
and dimensions provided.
This lab reinforces the following skills:




Procedure
Axes on page 128
Linear Pattern on page 121
Circular Patterns on page 127
Sketch Driven Patterns on page 140
Open the existing part Single Die. Use the drawing below to pattern
the Dot feature on the sides as shown.
The face colors are used to help distinguish between the individual
faces. See step 4 on page 153 for removing the colors.
Note
Orient the part as shown in each step before starting work.
151
Fund3D.book Page 152 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 17
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Axes and Multiple Patterns
1
Axes.
Create an axis using the Front and Right
planes.
Create two more axes using the Top and
Front and the Right and Top reference
planes.
All three axes should pass through the
cube center.
2
Side Two.
Using a Linear Pattern with Instances to
Skip, create the “two” side.
3
Remaining sides.
Complete the remaining sides using the descriptions of each one listed
below.

Side Three
Use a Circular Pattern with an axis
to create a cut at the center of the
face.
Create a sketch and use a Sketch
Driven Pattern with Faces to
Pattern to create the remaining cuts.

Side Four
Use a Circular Pattern with an axis to
create the remaining cuts.
152
Fund3D.book Page 153 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 17
Axes and Multiple Patterns

Side Five
Use a procedure similar to that of side
three.

Side Six
Use a Circular Pattern with an axis to
create a cut at the corner of the face.
Use a Linear Pattern to create the
remaining cuts.
4
(Optional) Remove face colors.
Marking faces with colors is a modeling
method that helps with face recognition.
The face colors can be removed after the
modeling is complete.
Click a non-red face, expand
Appearances, and click the red ‘x’ of the
face color.
Repeat for all of the colored faces.
Optionally, set the part color to red and
individual faces to white.
5
Save and close the part.
153
Fund3D.book Page 154 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 17
Axes and Multiple Patterns
154
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Fund3D.book Page 155 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Create revolved features.
Apply special dimensioning techniques to sketches for revolved
features.
Use the multibody solid technique.

Create a sweep feature.

Calculate the physical properties of a part.
Perform rudimentary, first pass stress analysis.



155
Fund3D.book Page 156 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Case Study:
Handwheel
The handwheel requires
the creation of revolved
features, circular
patterns and sweep
features.
Also included in this
lesson are some basic
analysis tools.
Stages in the
Process
Some key stages in the modeling process of this part are shown in the
following list.

Design intent
The part’s design intent is outlined and explained.

Revolved features
The center of the part is the Hub, a revolved shape. It will be created
from a sketch with a construction line as the axis of revolution.

Multibody solids
Create two discrete solids, the Hub and the Rim, connecting and
merging them using a third solid, the Spoke.

Sweep features
The Spoke feature is created using a sweep feature, a combination of
two sketches that defines a sweep profile moving along a sweep path.

Analysis
Using analysis tools, you can perform basic analysis functions such as
mass properties calculations and first-pass stress analyses. Based on the
results, you can make changes to the part’s design.
156
Fund3D.book Page 157 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Design Intent
The design intent of this part is shown below:
Handwheel
Diameter
Hub
Spoke




Rim
Spokes must be evenly spaced.
The center of the rim of the handwheel lies at the end of the spoke.
The hub and the rim share the same center.
The spokes pass through the center of the hub.
Revolved
Features
The Hub is a revolved feature that is created by revolving geometry
around an axis. Revolved features require axisymmetric geometry and
a line (used as the axis) in the sketch. This revolved feature will be used
as the center of the wheel. Under the right circumstances, a sketch line
or an edge may also be used as the centerline.
Procedure
To begin this case study:
1
Sketch Geometry
of the Revolved
Feature
Create a new part using the Part_MM template.
Save the part as Handwheel.
Geometry for the revolved feature is created using the same tools and
methods as extruded features. In this case, lines and arcs will be used to
form the shape and a centerline is used as the axis of revolution.
2
Rectangle.
Select the Right Plane and click Sketch.
Create a rectangle from the Origin as shown.
157
Fund3D.book Page 158 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
3
Convert to construction.
Select the vertical line shown and click For
Construction. The line is converted into a
construction line.
The shading is removed because this is no longer a
closed contour.
Introducing:
3 Point Arc
The 3 Point Arc option enables you to create an arc based on three
points: the two endpoints followed by a point on the curve.
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Sketch > Centerpoint Arc

3 Point Arc
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, 3 Point Arc

Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, 3 Point Arc
4
Insert 3 Point Arc.
Click 3 Point Arc
.
Begin the arc by positioning the
cursor on the left vertical line and
dragging downwards along that
edge. Release the mouse button
and then select and drag the point
on the curve away from the
sketch.
5
Trimming.
Use the Trim tool with the Power Trim option and
trim away the portion of the line inside the arc.
158
>
Fund3D.book Page 159 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Rules Governing
Sketches of
Revolved Features
In addition to the general rules governing sketches that
were listed in Lesson 2: Introduction to Sketching, some
special rules apply to sketches of revolved features:


A centerline, axis, sketch line or linear edge must be
specified as the axis of revolution.
The sketch must not cross the axis.
Not Valid
Special
Dimensioning
Techniques
Revolved geometry is dimensioned like any other with one additional
option. Dimensions that measure diameters on the finished feature can
be changed from linear to diameter dimensions.
We will also dimension to the outside of the arc in the sketch, rather
than the center point which is the default.
6
Arc dimension.
Dimension the arc by selecting the vertical line
and then Shift-selecting the circumference of
the arc. The result is a dimension between the
line and the tangent of the arc.
7
Finished dimension.
Change the Value to 4mm.
8
Dimensions.
Add the following dimensions to the sketch.
159
Fund3D.book Page 160 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Diameter
Dimensions
Some dimensions should be doubled dimensions in the finished
revolved feature. For these dimensions, always select the centerline
(axis of revolution) as one of the picks. You then have your choice of
either a radius or diameter dimension, depending on where you place
the dimension text. If you don’t pick the centerline, you won’t be able
to change the dimension to a diameter.
Note
This option is available only if a centerline is used as the axis of
revolution. Doubled dimensions are not restricted to use in revolved
feature sketches.
9
Dimension to centerline.
Dimension between the centerline and the
outer vertical edge to create a horizontal
linear dimension.
Do not click to place the dimension text just
yet.
Notice the preview. If you place the text now,
you will get a radius dimension.
10 Move the cursor.
Move the cursor to the right of the
centerline. The preview changes to a
diameter dimension.
Click to place the dimension text. Change
the value to 25mm and press Enter.
Normally, a diameter dimension should
have a diameter symbol preceding it,
thus:
. When the revolved feature is
created from the sketch, the system will
automatically add the diameter symbol to
the 25mm dimension.
Note
If you inadvertently place the dimension text in the wrong place, and
get a radius dimension instead of a diameter, you can fix it. Click the
dimension, and click the Leaders tab of the Dimension
PropertyManager. Click the Diameter button
dimension a diameter dimension.
160
to make the
Fund3D.book Page 161 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Creating the
Revolved Feature
Once the sketch is completed, it can be made into a revolved feature.
The process is simple, and a full (360°) revolution is almost automatic.
Introducing:
Revolved Feature
The Revolve option enables you to create a feature from an
axisymmetric sketch and an axis. This feature can be a base, boss or cut
feature. The axis can be a centerline, line, linear edge, axis or
temporary axis. If a single centerline is present in the profile, it is used
automatically. If more than one is present, you must select it.
Where to Find It


CommandManager: Features > Revolved Boss/Base
Menu: Insert, Boss/Base, Revolve
11 Make the feature.
Click Revolved Boss/Base
.
A message will appear indicating that the sketch
is an open contour and asking if you want to close
the contour automatically. Click Yes.
Use the settings as shown.

Direction1 = Blind

(Angle) = 360°
Click OK
to create the feature.
12 Finished feature.
The solid revolved feature is created as the first feature
of the part.
Rename it Hub.
161
Fund3D.book Page 162 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
13 Edit the sketch.
Click a face of the Hub. Click the sketch Sketch1
from the Selection Breadcrumbs and click Edit
Sketch.
Note
You can right-click the feature in the FeatureManager design tree and
achieve the same result.
14 Normal To.
Click Normal To
to change the view normal to the sketch. Do this
to see its true size and shape.
Introducing:
Sketch Fillet
Sketch Fillets can be used to trim and add tangent arcs in a single step.
Where to Find It

If the corner has been trimmed, select the vertex point to add the fillet.


CommandManager: Sketch > Sketch Fillet
Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Fillet
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Tools, Sketch Fillet
15 Fillet settings.
Click Sketch Fillet
and set the value to 5mm.
Make sure the Keep constrained corners option
is checked.
16 Selections.
Select both endpoints of the arc and click
OK.
The dimension drives both but only
appears once, at the last selection.
Virtual Sharp symbols are added where
the corners were. These symbols represent
the missing corners and can be
dimensioned to or used within relations.
Note
162
Floating over an endpont shows a preview of the fillet.
Fund3D.book Page 163 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
17 Exit the sketch.
Exit the sketch to cause the changes to take effect.
Building the
Rim
The Rim of the Handwheel is
another revolved feature. It too is
revolved 360°. The profile of the
Rim is a slot shape.
The Rim will be created as a separate solid body, not merged to
the Hub.
Slots
Straight and arc Slots are common
shapes based on lines and arcs. The
slot is a single entity which is
composed of lines, arcs, construction
geometry and points.
Introducing: Slots
The Slot tool is used to create straight and arc slot shapes based on
different criteria. There are two types based on lines and two types
based on arcs. All slot types have the option to create dimensions with
the geometry. The following types are available:
Slot Type
Straight Slot
Resulting Geometry
The Straight Slot is created by locating
the centerpoints of the arcs and then
dragging outwards to create the width.
163
Fund3D.book Page 164 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Slot Type
Centerpoint Straight
Slot
Where to Find It
Resulting Geometry
The Centerpoint Straight Slot is created
by locating the geometric center, one of
the arc centerpoints and then dragging
outwards to create the width.
3 Point Arc Slot
The 3 Point Arc Slot is created like a 3
Point Arc (see Introducing: 3 Point Arc
on page 158) and then dragging outwards
to create the width.
Centerpoint Arc Slot
The Centerpoint Arc Slot is created like
a Centerpoint Arc (see Sketch Geometry
on page 33) and then dragging outwards to
create the width.

CommandManager: Sketch > Straight Slot

Centerpoint Straight Slot
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Centerpoint Straight Slot

Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Centerpoint Straight Slot
164
,
Fund3D.book Page 165 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
18 Sketch.
Create a new sketch on the Right plane. Orient the model in the same
direction.
19 Centerpoint Straight Slot.
Click Centerpoint Straight Slot
. Click
Add dimensions and Overall Length. Click
the location of the centerpoint and a location
horizontally to the right. A third click sets the
slot width. Click OK and set the dimension
values as shown.
Tip
The dimensions are added automatically if the Add dimensions option
is clicked.
20 Rotation axis.
Add a centerline using Centerline
, setting
Vertical and Infinite length. Place the line at the
origin. This will be the axis of revolution for the
revolved feature.
Add a diameter dimension from the centerline to
the centerpoint of the slot, and from the slot
centerline to the top edge of the Hub.
The sketch is now fully defined.
165
Fund3D.book Page 166 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Potential Ambiguity
If the sketch contains more than one centerline, the system will not
know which centerline is intended to be the axis of revolution. The
centerline to be used can be selected either before or after selecting the
Revolve tool.
21 Completed feature.
Select the infinite vertical centerline. Click Boss/Base, Revolve
Use an angle of 360°. Rename the feature to Rim.
Multibody Solids
.
Multibody solids occur when there is more
than one solid body in a part. In cases where
discrete features are separated by a distance,
this can be the most efficient method in
designing a part.
The Solid Bodies folder holds the bodies and also
lists how many bodies are currently housed in the
folder (2). The bodies can be merged or combined
later to create a single solid body.
For more information on multibody parts, see the
Advanced Part Modeling training manual.
Building the
Spoke
The Spoke feature will be created using a Sweep feature that requires
two sketches: a profile and a path. The sweep pushes a closed contour
profile along an open contour path. The path is sketched using lines and
tangent arcs. The profile is sketched using an ellipse. The feature will
bridge the space between the existing Hub and Rim features and
combine them into a single solid body.
The Spoke feature is important because it will be patterned to create
any number of evenly spaced spokes.
166
Fund3D.book Page 167 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
22 Open the Display Pane.
In the FeatureManager design tree, click to expand the Display
Pane. It contains columns which can be used to change display
properties of items in the tree.
23 Search.
Use the FeatureManager Search
box
to search by the
starting letters of a name or some
portion of the name.
Type ske into the FeatureManager
Design Tree filter to show the sketches of the Hub and Rim.
Click on the sketch icon for the Hub to show it. Repeat for the Rim.
24 Setup.
Create a new sketch on the Right plane and change the display to
Hidden Lines Visible.
25 Sketch line.
Sketch a horizontal Line
running from the centerline
inside the Hub boundaries.
26 Tangent arc.
Create a Tangent Arc from
the line endpoint in the
direction shown. The actual
values are not important as
you sketch. They will be
defined by dimensions later.
27 Connecting tangent arc.
With Tangent Arc still
selected, continue sketching
by using the previous arc’s
endpoint as a start. Sketch this
arc tangent to the first, ending
at a horizontal tangency position.
167
Fund3D.book Page 168 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Tip
When the vertical inference line coincides with the arc’s center, the
tangent of the arc is horizontal.
28 Horizontal line.
Sketch a final line. It is
horizontal, with its length
to be determined by
relations and dimensions.
29 Relations.
Drag and drop the left
endpoint of the line onto the
centerpoint of the Rim sketch.
A Coincident relation is
added.
Add another relation between
the line at the opposite end
and the centerpoint of the arc.
30 Return to a shaded display.
Click Shaded
to change the display.
31 Fully define sketch.
Add an Equal relation to the
arcs and add dimensions.
Tip
Picking end points and centers allows for more options when creating
the dimensions.
32 Exit sketch.
Click Exit Sketch
to close the sketch without using it in a feature.
Hide the Hub and Rim sketches.
168
Fund3D.book Page 169 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Introducing:
Insert Ellipse
Sketching an ellipse is similar to sketching a circle. Position the cursor
where you want the center and drag the mouse to establish the length of
the major axis. Then release the mouse button. Next, drag the outline of
the ellipse to establish the length of the minor axis.
Important!
To fully define an ellipse you must dimension or otherwise constrain
the lengths of the major and minor axes, and also constrain the orientation of one of the two axes. One way to do this is with a Horizontal
relation between the ellipse center and the end of the major axis.
Where to Find It



CommandManager: Sketch > Ellipse
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Ellipse
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Ellipse
33 Ellipse.
Create a new sketch on
the Front plane. Click
and position
the centerpoint at the end
of the line. Move away
from the center and
position the major and
minor axes with
additional clicks.
Ellipse
34 Relations and
dimensions.
Add relations to make the
centerpoint and one of the
major axis points
Horizontal. Add the
dimensions as shown.
Exit the sketch.
169
Fund3D.book Page 170 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Introducing: Sweep
Sweep creates a feature from two sketches: a sweep profile and sweep
path. The profile is moved along the path, creating the feature.
Note
The Circular Profile option uses a path sketch with a circle diameter.
Where to Find It


Note
CommandManager: Features > Swept Boss/Base
Menu: Insert, Base/Boss, Sweep
The Sweep command is covered in depth in the
Advanced Part Modeling course.
35 Sweep.
Click Swept Boss/Base
. Select the closed
contour sketch as the Profile and the open
contour sketch as the Path.
Click OK.
36 Results.
Name the new feature
Spoke. The Solid
Bodies(2) folder
disappears. This indicates
that the two solid bodies
have merged into one.
37 Pattern the Spoke.
Click Circular Pattern
. Select the
cylindrical face as the center of rotation for the
pattern. Using the Spoke, set the Number of
Instances to 3 with Equal spacing.
170
Fund3D.book Page 171 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Rotate View
enables you to rotate the view of the model freely. To
restrict that motion, you can choose an axis, a line or edge, a vertex, or
a plane. Click the Rotate View tool and the center axis.
Rotate View
The same result can be obtained using the middle mouse button
rotation. Select the entity to rotate about using the middle mouse
button, then drag with the middle mouse button.
38 Rotate.
Rotate about the Handwheel center axis by
clicking a circular edge or cylindrical face of
the Hub with the middle mouse button. Then
Drag the middle mouse button to activate the
rotate command.
Edge Selection
The Edge Selection toolbar can assist in selecting combinations of
edges that are related to selected edge in some way. It is a multiple edge
selection method that can be used in combination with any other
selection methods.
For example, selecting this single edge offers several different
combinations of edges (shown as blue and dashed), each under a
different icon and name.
Between right feature Between left feature
and part
and part
Between right feature
and left feature
Close Selection Toolbar
All
All concave
171
Fund3D.book Page 172 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Note
The number of available edge combinations, along with the naming and
icons, will vary based on the selected edge. This toolbar can also be
toggled off or ignored in favor of direct selections.
Direct Selection
Similar results can be achieved through the direct selection of six edges
or two faces. Selection of a face selects all edges of that face.
Note
Face selections make the model better suited to withstand dimensional
changes.
39 Add fillets.
Click Fillet and click
Show selection toolbar.
Select an edge, and use the
All Concave selection. Add 3mm
fillets to the edges as shown.
Other Selection
Options
You can also select edges by dragging a window or using keyboard
shortcut.


172
Drag the window from left to right, all the edges that are entirely
inside the window are selected.
Press Ctrl+A to select all the edges.
Fund3D.book Page 173 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Chamfers
Chamfers create a bevel feature on edges or vertices of a model. The
shape can be defined by two distances or a distance and an angle. In
many ways, chamfers are similar to fillets in that you select edges and/
or faces in the same way.
Where to Find It


CommandManager: Features > Fillet
Menu: Insert, Features, Chamfer

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a face or edge and click Chamfer
> Chamfer
40 Chamfer.
Add a Chamfer feature using the top edge of
the Hub feature. Select the Chamfer Type
Distance Distance and the Chamfer Method
Asymmetric.
Set the distances using the values shown.
Fillets to Chamfers
Another way to create a chamfer is by the conversion of an existing
fillet. This can be done using the shortcut menu or while editing the
feature.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a face or edge and click
Convert Fillet to Chamfer
RealView Graphics
If you have a certified graphics accelerator, you may be able to use the
RealView Graphics option. It provides high-quality, real time material
shaders when available.
Where to Find It

Menu: View, Display, RealView Graphics

Heads-up View Toolbar: View Settings
,
RealView Graphics
173
Fund3D.book Page 174 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Note
If you do not have RealView Graphics, skip to step 45 on page 176.
Tip
If RealView Graphics are not available, the icon will be grayed out.
RealView On
Appearances,
Scenes and Decals
174
RealView Off
The Appearances, Scenes and Decals tab of the Task Pane contains
three main folders: Appearances(color), Scenes and Decals.
Fund3D.book Page 175 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
41 RealView on.
Click RealView
to toggle it on.
42 Appearances and scenes.
From the Appearances,
Painted, Powder Coat
folder, drag and drop
aluminum powdercoat into
the graphics window.
From the Scenes, Basic
Scenes folder, drag and
drop Backdrop - Black
with Fill Lights into the
graphics window.
Tip
The Apply Scene
flyout tool on
the Heads-up View toolbar allows
you to select and apply a scene from
the list.
Another option is to click the icon to
rotate through the list one at a time.
Appearances
Colors and textures are applied using Appearances. This menu has
tabs for Color/Image and Mapping.


Color is used to apply a color to the texture added from the
Appearance folder.
Mapping is used to change the mapping style of the texture added
from the Appearance folder.
175
Fund3D.book Page 176 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
43 Color.
Click Edit Appearance and change the color
using a greyscale color swatch and light gray or
white. Click OK.
Note
Applying an appearance does not apply a material to the part. For
applying materials, see Edit Material on page 176.
Tip
Click View, Display, Ambient Occlusion to add realism to the shaded
model.
44 RealView off.
Click RealView
to toggle it off.
45 Save and close all files.
Edit Material
The Edit Material dialog is used to add and edit the material associated
with a part. The material is used for calculations that rely on material
properties, including Mass Properties and SimulationXpress. The
material can vary by configuration.
It's important to understand that applying an appearance is not the same
as defining a material for the part. Appearances control the display of
the model, while editing the material will apply material properties for
the calculation of mass and density and often associated appearances.
Tip
Part templates (*.prtdot) can include a predefined material.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click Material
Edit Material
176
and click
Fund3D.book Page 177 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
1
Open HW_Analysis.
Open the existing part HW_Analysis. This part has additional features
needed for use in the analysis section of this lesson.
2
Materials.
Right-click Edit Material
and click SOLIDWORKS Materials,
Copper Alloys, Aluminum Bronze.
177
Fund3D.book Page 178 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
The Properties,
Appearance and
CrossHatch are those
assigned by the
selected material.
Note
3
Color.
Click Apply and Close.
A change in material
changes the color of the
part. The material name is
also updated in the
FeatureManager design
tree.
178
Fund3D.book Page 179 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
Mass Properties
One of the benefits of working with a solid model is the ease with
which you can perform engineering calculations such as computing
mass, center of mass, and moments of inertia.
Notes


Section Properties can also be generated from a planar face or a
sketch in a model. The sketch can be active or selected.
You can add a Center of Mass (COM) feature. You can measure
distances and add reference dimensions between the COM and
other entities. You add a COM point in the Mass Properties dialog
box or by clicking Insert, Reference Geometry, Center of Mass.
Introducing:
Mass Properties
Mass Properties is used to generate the mass properties of the entire
Where to Find It

solid. The properties include mass, volume and a temporary display of
the principal axes.

4
CommandManager: Evaluate > Mass Properties
Menu: Tools, Evaluate, Mass Properties
Mass properties.
Click Mass Properties
. The Density of Aluminum Bronze is
used. The results of the calculations are displayed in the dialog box.
Note
For those parts that do not posses an accurate physical description, you
can click Override Mass Properties. You can override mass, center of
mass, and the moments of inertia. This is helpful when you use
simplified models of purchased components.
179
Fund3D.book Page 180 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
To change the units, click Options, click
Use custom settings, and set the units.
There are other options you can set
including the density and the accuracy
level of the calculations.
Mass Properties
as Custom
Properties
Components of the Mass Properties of a part can be carried with the
part as a Custom Property. This information can be extracted by a Bill
of Materials report.
File Properties
File properties are details about Windows based files that help identify
it – for example, a descriptive title, the author name, the subject, and
keywords that identify topics or other important information in the file.
Document properties can be used to display information about a file or
to help organize files so that they can be found easily. You can search
for documents based on document properties.
There are file properties unique to SOLIDWORKS that are more suited
to engineering than the default properties. Additional properties can be
added based on the user’s needs.
Metadata
File properties and attributes are sometimes referred to as Metadata.
Classes of File
Properties
File properties can be grouped into several classes.

Automatic
Automatic properties are maintained by the application that created
the property. These include properties such as the date the file was
created, last modified and file size.

Preset
Preset properties already exist, but the user must fill in the text
value. The preset file properties used in SOLIDWORKS are stored
in the file Property.txt. This file may be edited to add or remove
preset properties.

Custom
Custom properties are defined by the user and apply to the entire
document.

Configuration specific
Configuration specific properties apply only to a specific
configuration.
180
Fund3D.book Page 181 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features

SOLIDWORKS custom properties
There are several custom properties that can be automatically
updated by SOLIDWORKS. These include the part’s mass and
material.
Where to Find It


Creating File
Properties
Menu Bar: File Properties
Menu: File, Properties
File properties can be created directly in the file, or they can be created
by other procedures.

Direct method
File properties are added directly to the file by the user.

Design tables
Design tables can create custom properties using a column header
$PRP@property where property is the name of the property to be
created and populated with the information created in the design
table.

Custom Properties Tab
Form templates for adding properties can be created using the
SOLIDWORKS Property Tab Builder. These forms can then be
accessed from the Task Pane using the Custom Properties tab.

SOLIDWORKS PDM applications
SOLIDWORKS PDM applications will add several custom
properties to files checked into the vault. These include: number,
status, description, project and revision. SOLIDWORKS PDM
applications can also be configured to add additional properties
defined by the Vault Administrator.
Uses of File
Properties
File properties can be used for several operations.

Parts, assemblies and drawings
File properties can be used to create parametric notes. Annotations
linked to file properties will update as the properties change.

Assemblies
Advanced Selection and Advanced Show/Hide can select
components based on specific file properties. Specific procedures
are found in the training course Assembly Modeling.

Drawings
File properties can be used to fill in data in the title block, BOM,
revision blocks and annotations. Specific procedures are found in
the training course SOLIDWORKS Drawings.
To communicate the description of this model and it's weight, we'll
add some custom properties to the file.
181
Fund3D.book Page 182 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
5
File properties.
Click File Properties
and click the Custom tab. Activate the
Property Name cell in the first row of the dialog. Use the arrow at the
right of the cell to choose Description from the preset properties. In
the Value/Text Expression cell, type Handwheel for Globe Valve
as the description.
6
New custom property.
Activate the Property Name cell and type in the Name mass. In the
Value/Text Expression cell, choose Mass from the preset properties.
The Evaluated Value cell shows the current mass and how it would
appear in a table or drawing title block. Close the dialog.
Note
182
The Configuration Specific tab can also be used. This would allow the
property to vary by configuration.
Fund3D.book Page 183 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
SOLIDWORKS
SimulationXpress
With the solid 3D geometry of the hand wheel and the material defined,
we have all the information we need to simulate how this model would
react to stresses applied to the part. We'll use the SimulationXpress tool
to do this.
SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress is a first pass stress analysis tool for
SOLIDWORKS users. It helps you judge whether your part will
withstand the loading it will receive under real-world conditions.
SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress is a subset of the SOLIDWORKS
Simulation product.
Product Code
In order to run SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress, a product code is
required. The product can be generated from your SOLIDWORKS
serial number. See the Enable SimulationXpress dialog on start up.
Overview
SOLIDWORKS
Fixture
SimulationXpress uses a
wizard to provide an easy to
use, step-by-step method of
performing design analysis.
The wizard requires several
pieces of information in order
to analyze the part: fixtures,
loads and materials. This
information represents the part
as it is used. For example,
consider what happens when
Externally applied load
you turn the handwheel. The
hub is attached to something that resists turning. This is represented by
a fixture. Fixtures are sometime called constraints. A force is applied to
the hole in the rim as you attempt to turn the handwheel. This is a load.
What happens to the spokes? Do they bend? Will they break? This
depends on the strength of the material the handwheel is made of, the
physical size and shape of the spokes, and the size of the load.
Mesh
In order to analyze the model, SOLIDWORKS
SimulationXpress automatically meshes the
model, breaking it up into smaller, easier-toanalyze pieces. These pieces are called elements.
Although you never see the elements, you can
set the coarseness of the mesh prior to the
analysis.
183
Fund3D.book Page 184 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Using
SOLIDWORKS
SimulationXpress
SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress walks you through the steps of
analysis, from Options to Optimize. The steps are:

Options
Setup the type of units that are commonly used for materials, loads and
results.

Fixtures
Select faces of the part that remain in place (fixed) during the analysis.

Loads
Add external loads such as forces and pressures to induce stress and to
deform the part.

Material
Choose a material for the part from the standard library or input your
own.

Run
Run the analysis, optionally setting the coarseness of the mesh used.

Results
View the results of the analysis: Factor of Safety (FOS), Stress and
Deformations. This is sometimes called postprocessing.

Optimize
Optimize a result quantity using a selected dimension.
Where to Find It
1

CommandManager: Evaluate >

SimulationXpress Analysis Wizard
Menu: Tools, Xpress Products, SimulationXpress
Start SimulationXpress.
Click SimulationXpress
. The
analysis wizard appears in the Task Pane.
Note
184
The first time that the SimulationXpress Analysis Wizard is run, it
will require a SimulationXpress Product Code. Follow the
instructions on the dialog to receive a code.
Fund3D.book Page 185 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
The SimulationXpress
Interface
The SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress interface begins in the Task
Pane, where the checklist of sequential tasks appears under the
SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress
tab. Selection options and the
SimulationXpressStudy tree appear in the PropertyManager.
PropertyManager and
SimulationXpressStudy
SOLIDWORKS
SimulationXpress
Task Pane Tab
Options
The Options dialog contains settings for the System of units and
Results location.
2
Click Options.
Set the units to SI and use the default Results location. Click
Show annotation for maximum and minimum in the result plots.
Click OK and click
Next.
185
Fund3D.book Page 186 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Phase 1: Fixtures
Fixtures are used to “fix” faces of the model that should not move
during the analysis. You must restrain at least one face of the part to
avoid analysis failure due to rigid body motion. As you complete each
phase in the wizard, a green check mark is added to the list.
3
Fixtures page.
Click Add a fixture.
Move the cursor over the blue hyperlinks (such as Fixed Holes) for
examples.
Tip
4
Face selection.
Select the cylindrical face and the flat face that
form the D-shaped hole.
Click OK and click Next.
Simulation Study
A SimulationXpress Study is being constructed
as the wizard steps are completed. The
FeatureManager design tree is split and the lower
portion contains the SimulationXpressStudy tree.
Eventually it will include fixtures, loads, mesh
and the results of the analysis.
Phase 2: Loads
The Loads page is used to add external forces and pressures to faces of
the part. Force implies a total force, for example 200 lbs, applied to a
face in a specific direction. Pressure implies that the force is evenly
distributed on the face, for example, 300 psi, and is applied normal to
the face.
Note
The specified force value is applied to each face. For example, if you
select 3 faces and specify a 50 lb. force, SimulationXpress applies a
total force of 150 lbs. or 50 lbs. on each face.
186
Fund3D.book Page 187 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
5
Loads page.
In this example, we will use a Force type load. Click
6
Add a force.
Select the face.
Select the cylindrical face as shown. Click
Selected direction and click the Right plane.
Set the Force to 3000.
Click OK and click Next.
Phase 3: Material
The next phase is selecting the Material. You can choose from libraries
of standard materials or add your own.
7
Material page.
The current material, selected within
SOLIDWORKS, is Aluminum Bronze from
the Copper Alloys list.
To change the material, click 3 Material, click
Change material and select from the list.
This is the same list that appears when using
Edit Material.
Click Next to keep Aluminum Bronze as the
material.
Phase 4: Run
SimulationXpress prepares the model for analysis, creates the mesh and
calculates displacements, strains, and stresses.
8
Run page.
The required information has been provided and the analyzer is ready.
Click
Run Simulation.
187
Fund3D.book Page 188 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Phase 5: Results
The Results page is used to display the
results of analysis. The full
SimulationXpressStudy tree is shown in
the split FeatureManager design tree.
This includes all the input and output of
the study.
Tip
Double-click a result feature (such as Stress (-vonMises-)) to view it.
9
Results.
A preview of the deformation plot appears on the screen. The
deformation is scaled to make it easier to visualize.
If the part is deforming as expected you can view the other result plots
of the study. Click Yes, continue to see the next result.
Factor of Safety
SimulationXpress uses the maximum von Mises stress criterion to
calculate the factor of safety distribution. This criterion states that a
ductile material starts to yield when the equivalent stress (von Mises
stress) reaches the yield strength of the material. The yield strength
(SIGYLD) is defined as a material property. SimulationXpress
calculates the factor of safety at a point by dividing the yield strength
by the equivalent stress at that point.
At any location, a factor of safety that is:



188
Less than 1.0 indicates that the material at that location has yielded
and that the design is not safe.
Equal to 1.0 indicates that the material at that location has just
started to yield.
Greater than 1.0 indicates that the material at that location has not
yielded.
Fund3D.book Page 189 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
10 Factor of safety.
The FOS has areas that are less than 1. This indicates that areas of the
part are overstressed and will fail.
Red areas indicate where the factor of safety is less than one. The Task
Pane also shows the actual factor of safety value.
Click
Phase 6: Optimize
Done viewing results and
Next.
The Optimize tab can be used to bring Factor of Safety, Max Stress
or Maximum Displacement values to acceptable levels by iterating the
value of a dimension. The optimization is performed within set numeric
boundaries with the above constraints.
11 Optimize the model.
Click Yes for Would you like to optimize your model? and
Next.
12 Value to change.
Select the 14mm dimension (major axis of
the ellipse) as the dimension to change.
Click OK.
189
Fund3D.book Page 190 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
13 Variables and constraints.
Set the Min and Max Variable values to 18mm and 22mm as shown.
For Constraints, select Factor of Safety and set it to a minimum of 1.
Click Run.
14 Results.
After several iterations, the optimization is
complete. Click the Results view tab. The
resulting changes meet the FOS target with
only a small increase in weight.
15 Optimization results.
Click the Optimal Value option and click
Next.
Click 4 Run and Run Simulation.
Updating the
Model
Changes performed in SOLIDWORKS or during optimization are
detected by SimulationXpress. Changes can be made to the model,
materials, fixtures or loads. The existing analysis can be re-analyzed to
show the newest results.
16 Save data.
Click Close in the SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress window and Yes
to save the data.
17 Change model.
The optimization process changed the
selected dimension value. Click the
Model tab on the bottom of the
graphics window and change that
dimension to the rounded value
20mm (in Sketch4 under the Spoke
feature) and rebuild.
190
Fund3D.book Page 191 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 5
Revolved Features
18 Retrieve data.
Start SimulationXpress again and run the simulation again to update the
results.
19 Save and close.
Click Close in the SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress window and Yes
to save the data.
20 Save and close the part.
Results, Reports
and eDrawings
The following are some examples of the different types of output that
are available with an analysis. They include results, reports and
eDrawing files.
Note
Some of the displays are exaggerated by a deformation scale.
Type
Display
Stress (-vonMises-)
Displacement (-Res disp-)
Deformation
(-Displacement-)
191
Fund3D.book Page 192 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 5
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Revolved Features
Type
Factor of Safety
(-Max von Mises Stress-)
Word Report
eDrawings File
192
Display
Fund3D.book Page 193 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 18
Flange
Exercise 18:
Flange
Create this part using the dimensions provided. Use
relations wisely to maintain the design intent.
This lab uses the following skills:

Revolved Features on page 157
Units: millimeters
Design Intent
The design intent for this part is as follows:
1. Holes in the pattern are equally spaced.
2. Holes are equal diameter.
3. All fillets are equal and are R6mm.
Note that construction circles can be created using the Properties of a
circle.
Dimensioned
Views
Use the following graphics with the description of the design intent to
create the part.
Top View
Front View
193
Fund3D.book Page 194 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 19
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Wheel
Exercise 19:
Wheel
Create this part using the
dimensions provided. Use
relations wisely to maintain the
design intent.
This lab uses the following
skills:

Revolved Features on
page 157
Units: millimeters
Design Intent
The design intent for this part is as follows:
1. Part is symmetrical about the axis of the hub.
2. Hub has draft.
Dimensioned
Views
Use the following graphics with the description of the design intent to
create the part.
Front and Top views, and Section A-A from Front view.
194
Fund3D.book Page 195 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 19
Wheel
Optional: Text in a
Sketch
Text can be added to a sketch and extruded to form a cut or a boss. The
text can be positioned freely, located using dimensions or geometric
relations, or made to follow sketch geometry or model edges.
Where to Find It



CommandManager: Sketch > Text
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Text
Shortcut Menu: Right-click in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Text
1
Construction geometry.
Sketch on the front face and add construction lines and arcs as shown.
Use Symmetric relationships between the endpoints of the arcs and the
vertical centerline.
Tip
2
Text on a curve.
Create two pieces of text, one attached to each arc. They have the
following properties:










Text: Designed using
Font: Courier New 11pt
Alignment: Center Align
Width Factor: 100%
Spacing: 100%
Text: SOLIDWORKS
Font: Arial 20pt
Alignment: Full Justify
Width Factor: 100%
Spacing: not applicable when using Full Justify
195
Fund3D.book Page 196 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 19
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Wheel
3
Extrude.
Extrude a boss with a Depth of 1mm and
Draft of 1°.
Extruding text can be time consuming.
Note
4
196
Save the part and close it.
Fund3D.book Page 197 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 20
Guide
Exercise 20:
Guide
Create this part using the information and
dimensions provided. This lab reinforces the
following skills:

Introducing: Slots on page 163
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new mm part and name it Guide. Create the geometry as
shown in the following steps.
Note
These images show the sketch relations (View, Sketch Relations) for
clarity.
1
Lines and fillet.
Open a sketch on the Front plane.
Create the sketch lines, a sketch fillet
and an angular dimension as shown.
2
Offset.
Use offset entities to create the
20mm offset as shown.
3
Close ends.
Close the ends using a
tangent arc and a line as
shown.
197
Fund3D.book Page 198 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 20
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Guide
4
Drag to origin.
Drag the centerpoint of the arc to
the Origin and drop it. This
creates a Coincident relation.
5
Virtual Sharp.
A Virtual Sharp is used to
represent an imaginary corner
where lines would meet.
Add a virtual sharp by selecting
the two lines as shown and
clicking Point
6
.
Fully defined.
Complete the sketch
by adding dimensions
as shown.
7
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 10mm.
198
Fund3D.book Page 199 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 20
Guide
8
Circle and boss.
Add a circle to a new sketch on the top face of the model. Use Tangent
and Coincident relations to relate the circle to the geometry. Fully
define and extrude the sketch 10mm as shown.
9
Fillet.
Add a fillet R20mm as shown.
199
Fund3D.book Page 200 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 20
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Guide
10 Slot.
Use Straight Slot with the options Overall Length and Add
Dimensions to create the geometry shown below. Create a through all
cut with the sketch geometry.
Tip
The slot sketch should be fully defined. It may require a Parallel
relation.
11 Hole.
Add a 20mm through all hole to complete the part.
12 Save and close.
200
Fund3D.book Page 201 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 21
Ellipse
Exercise 21:
Ellipse
Use an ellipse to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:

Introducing: Insert Ellipse on
page 169
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new mm part. Create the geometry as shown in the following
drawing.
201
Fund3D.book Page 202 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 22
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Sweeps
Exercise 22:
Sweeps
Create these three parts using swept features. These require a path and a
section or a path and the Circular Profile option.
This lab uses the following skills:

Introducing: Sweep on page 170
Units: millimeters
Slide Stop
The Slide Stop uses a path that describes the centerline of the sweep.
Cotter Pin
The Cotter Pin uses a path that describes the inner edge of the sweep.
202
Fund3D.book Page 203 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 22
Sweeps
Paper Clip
The Paper Clip is defined by a path that describes the centerline of the
sweep. Use a path and a section or a path and the Circular Profile
option.
Thanks to TriMech Solutions, LLC for submitting these examples.
Mitered Sweep
The Mitered Sweep is defined by a path that describes the outer edge
of the sweep.
203
Fund3D.book Page 204 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 23
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Simulation- Xpress
Exercise 23:
SimulationXpress
Perform a first pass stress analysis on an
existing part.
This lab uses the following
SimulationXpress skills:





Phase 1: Fixtures on page 186
Phase 2: Loads on page 186
Phase 3: Material on page 187
Phase 4: Run on page 187
Phase 5: Results on page 188
Units: millimeters
1
Open Pump Cover.
This part represents a cover that will be filled with oil under high
pressure.
Start the SimulationXpress wizard.
2
Set the options.
Click Options and set the units to SI. Also click Show annotation for
maximum and minimum in the result plots.
3
Define the fixture.
Select the uppermost faces of
the four tabs and the
cylindrical faces of the four
bolt holes.
4
Define the load set.
Select Pressure for the
type of load. Right-click
one of the faces on the
inside of the Pump Cover.
Click Select Tangency
from the shortcut menu.
5
Set the pressure value
and direction.
Set the pressure value to
250 psi.
204
Fund3D.book Page 205 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 23
Simulation- Xpress
6
Specify the material.
Select Aluminum Alloys and click 2014 Alloy from the list.
7
Run the simulation.
8
Results.
The factor of safety is less than 1 indicating that the part is over
stressed. Also view the stress and displacement plots.
9
Change the material.
Right-click the Pump Cover (-2014 Alloy-) icon in the
SimulationXpressStudy and click Apply/Edit Material.
Change the material to Other Alloys, Monel(R) 400.
10 Update.
Rerun the study to update the analysis using the new material. The
factor of safety should be greater than 1.
11 Save and close the part.
205
Fund3D.book Page 206 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 23
Simulation- Xpress
206
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Fund3D.book Page 207 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly
Modeling
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Create a new assembly.

Insert components into an assembly using all available techniques.

Add mating relationships between components.

Utilize the assembly-specific aspects of the FeatureManager design
tree to manipulate and manage the assembly.

Insert subassemblies.

Use part configurations in an assembly.
207
Fund3D.book Page 208 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Case Study:
Universal Joint
This lesson will examine assembly modeling through the construction
of a universal joint. The joint consists of several components and one
subassembly.
Bottom-Up
Assembly
Bottom-Up assemblies are created by adding and orienting existing
parts in an assembly. Parts added to the assembly appear as Component
Parts. Component parts are oriented and positioned in the assembly
using Mates. Mates relate faces and edges of component parts to planes
and other faces/edges.
Stages in the
Process
Some key stages in the modeling process of this assembly are shown in
the following list. Each of these topics comprises a section in the
lesson.

Creating a new assembly
New assemblies are created using the same method as new parts.

Adding the first component
Components can be added in several ways. They can be dragged and
dropped from an open part window or opened from a standard browser.

Position of the first component
The initial component added to the assembly is automatically fixed as it
is added. Others components can be positioned after they are added.

FeatureManager design tree and symbols
The FeatureManager design tree includes many symbols, prefixes and
suffixes that provide information about the assembly and the
components in it.

Mating components to each other
Mates are used to position and orient components with reference to
each other. Mates remove degrees of freedom from the components.

Subassemblies
Assemblies can be created and inserted into the current assembly. They
are considered subassembly components.
208
Fund3D.book Page 209 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
The Assembly
In this lesson we will make an assembly using existing components.
The assembly is a universal joint, and is made up of a number of
individual parts and one subassembly as shown below:
crank sub
Yoke_male
Bracket
pin[short]
(2 copies)
pin[long]
Spider
Yoke_female
1
Open an existing part.
Open the part bracket. This part will be the
base component of the new assembly.
The first component added to an assembly
should be a part that will not move. By fixing
the first component, others can be mated to it
without any danger of it moving.
209
Fund3D.book Page 210 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Creating a New
Assembly
New assemblies can be created directly or be made from an open part
or assembly. The new assembly contains an origin, the three standard
planes and a Mates folder.
Introducing: Make
Assembly from Part/
Assembly
Use the Make Assembly from Part/Assembly option to generate a
new assembly from an open part. The part is used as the first
component in the new assembly and is fixed in space.
Where to Find It


Menu Bar: New
, Make Assembly from Part/Assembly
Menu: File, Make Assembly from Assembly
A new assembly file can be created by clicking New
an assembly template.
Introducing: New
Assembly
2
Choose template.
Click Make Assembly from Part/Assembly
Assembly_MM template.
Note
210
and selecting
. Use the
The units of the assembly can be different from the units of the parts.
For example, you can assemble a mixture of inch and millimeter parts
in an assembly whose units are feet. However, when you edit the
dimensions of any of the parts in the context of the assembly, they will
be displayed in the units of the assembly, not those of the part itself.
Using Tools, Options, you can check the units of the assembly and if
desired, change them.
Fund3D.book Page 211 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
3
Locate component.
Place the component at the origin by placing
the cursor at the origin or by simply clicking
OK.
4
Save.
Save the assembly under the name Universal Joint. Assembly files
have the file extension *.sldasm.
Close the bracket part file.
Position of the
First
Component
The initial component added to the assembly is, by default, Fixed.
Fixed components cannot be moved and are locked into place wherever
they fall when you insert them into the assembly. By clicking the green
check or placing the cursor at the assembly origin, the component’s
origin is at the assembly origin position. This also means that the planes
of the component match the planes of the assembly, and the component
is fully defined.
Consider assembling a washing machine. The first component logically
would be the frame onto which everything else is mounted. By aligning
this component with the assembly’s planes, we would establish what
could be called “product space”. Automotive manufacturers refer to
this as “vehicle space”. This space creates a logical framework for
positioning all the other components in their proper positions.
211
Fund3D.book Page 212 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
FeatureManager
Design Tree and
Symbols
Within the FeatureManager design tree of an assembly, the folders and
symbols are slightly different than in a part. There are also some terms
that are unique to the assembly.
Degrees of
Freedom
There are six degrees of freedom for any component
that is added to the assembly before it is mated or
fixed: translation along the X, Y, and Z axes and
rotation around those same axes. How a component
is able to move in the assembly is determined by its
degrees of freedom. The Fix and Insert Mate
options are used to remove degrees of freedom.
Components
Parts that are inserted into the
assembly, such as the bracket, are
represented by the same top-level
icon as is used in the part
environment. Assemblies can also
be inserted and are shown with an
assembly icon preceding the
assembly document name.
However, when the listing of these
icons is expanded, the subassembly
components and even the
component’s features are listed and
accessible.
Component Part
Folder
Each component part contains the entire contents of the part, including
all features, planes and axes.
Note
If the component is an assembly, the assembly, including all the parts,
would be displayed.
Component Name
The component name in the FeatureManager design tree displays a
wealth of information.
(f) bracket<1> (Default<<Default>_Display State 1>)
Display State
Configuration
Instance Number
File Name
State of the Component
212
Fund3D.book Page 213 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
State of the
component
There are several symbols that are used to represent the state of a
component in the Assembly FeatureManager design tree. These are
similar to the symbols that represent the state of a sketch.
Fixed
The component is Fixed to the current position, but it is not mated.
Under Defined
The component's position is Under Defined and still has some freedom
of movement within the assembly.
Fully Defined
Components that are not marked with a state indicator have a position
within the assembly that is Fully Defined with mates.
Over Defined
Conflicting information for the position of the component will cause it
to be Over Defined. Another error state is Not Solved where a
question mark is used as the state indicator.
File Name
The name of the component, part or assembly, is listed. The icon
will show whether it is a part or an assembly. For more information
on assemblies, see Inserting Subassemblies on page 243.
Instance Number
The instance number is used internally to distinguish each instance
of the component from each other when multiple instances of the
component are included in the assembly.
Instances are not renumbered for deletions. The highest instance
number may not reflect the total.
Configuration
The configuration, Default in this example, is the configuration of
the component that is used by this assembly.
Display State
The display state, <Default>_Display_State1 in this example, is
the display state of the component that is used by this assembly.
For more information on configurations and display states in
assemblies, see the Assembly Modeling manual.
External References
Search Order
When any parent document is opened, all documents that are
referenced by the parent document are also loaded into memory. In the
case of assemblies, components are loaded into memory according to
the suppression state they were in when the assembly was saved.
The software searches for referenced documents in paths you can
specify, the path where you last opened a document, and other paths. If
the referenced document is still not found, the software gives you the
option to browse for it or open the assembly without the document. See
the Search Routing for Referenced Documents topic in the online help
for a complete list of the paths the software searches.
Note
All updated reference paths in the parent document are saved when you
save the parent document.
213
Fund3D.book Page 214 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
File Names
File names should be unique to avoid bad references. SOLIDWORKS
cannot open two different documents with the same name at the same
time. Assemblies can use the wrong part if you have two different parts
with the same name. Here are two examples:


Two different parts called bracket.sldprt are saved and closed.
When you open an assembly that references bracket.sldprt, the
software will use whichever comes first in the search order.
A file named frame.sldprt is open in SOLIDWORKS. Then, you
try to open an assembly that references a different file named
frame.sldprt. The software gives the following message:
The document being opened references a file with the
same name as an already-open document.
You can continue to open the assembly with all instances of
frame.sldprt suppressed or you can accept the open file as a
replacement.
Note
Components can be renamed in the FeatureManager design tree if the
option Tools, Options, System Options, FeatureManager, Allow
component files to be renamed from FeatureManager tree has
been clicked.
Rollback Bar
The Rollback Bar can be used in an assembly to rollback:




Assembly planes, axes, sketches
Assembly patterns
In-context part features
Assembly features
Any features below the marker are suppressed. Individual components
cannot be rolled back.
Reorder
Features of an assembly can be reordered in the same way as part
features; using drag and drop. Assembly objects that can be reordered
are:






Mates Folder
Components
Assembly planes, axes, sketches
Assembly patterns
In-context part features
Mates within the Mates folder
Assembly features
The mating relationships in assemblies
are grouped together into a Mate
Folder named Mates. The mates get
solved in the order in which they are
listed.
For more information, see Introducing: Insert Mate on page 217.
214
Fund3D.book Page 215 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Adding
Components
Once the first component has been inserted and fully defined, other
parts can be added and mated to it. In this example, the Yoke_male
part will be inserted and mated. This part should be under defined so
that it is free to rotate.





There are several ways to add components to the assembly:
Use Insert Component
Drag them from the Windows
Drag them from an open document
Drag them from the Task Pane
All these methods will be demonstrated in this lesson, beginning with
use of Insert Component. This is the same dialog that appears
automatically when Make Assembly from Part is used.
Note
Unlike adding the first component, additional components will be
added with their positions under defined.
Insert Component
The Insert Component dialog is used to find, preview and add
components to the current assembly. Click the Keep Visible (pushpin)
button to add multiple components or multiple instances of the same
component.
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Assembly > Insert Components

Insert Components
Menu: Insert, Component, Existing Part/Assembly

Windows: Drag a component into the graphics area
5
>
Insert Yoke_male.
Click Insert Components
and click
the Yoke_male part using the Browse
button. Position the component on the
screen to the left of the bracket and click
to place it.
The new component is listed as:
(-) Yoke_male <1>
This means that the component is the first instance of Yoke_male and
it's position is under defined.
Tip
Clicking on a component in the FeatureManager design tree will cause
that component to highlight. Also, moving the cursor to a component in
the graphics window will display the feature name.
215
Fund3D.book Page 216 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Moving and
Rotating
Components
One or more selected components can be moved or rotated to
reposition them for mating using the mouse, the Move and
Rotate Component commands or the Triad.
Move Using
Dynamic Assembly
Motion
Also, moving under defined components simulates movement of a
mechanism through dynamic assembly motion. See Dynamic Assembly
Motion on page 231.
Move
Move Component is used to move the component in space.
Where to Find It

Mouse Button: Drag a component with the left mouse button

CommandManager: Assembly > Move Component
Menu: Tools, Component, Move

Rotate
Rotate Component is used to rotate the component in space.
Where to Find It

Mouse Button: Drag a component with the right mouse button

CommandManager: Assembly > Move Component

Rotate Component
Menu: Tools, Component, Rotate
,
Triad
The Triad is used to dynamically move along an axis or rotate about an
axis.
Where to Find It

Note
Move Component and Rotate Component behave as a single, unified
command. By expanding either the Rotate or Move options, you can
switch between the two commands without ever closing the
PropertyManager.
Shortcut Menu: Right-click a component
and click Move with Triad
The Move tool has several options for defining the type of movement.
The option Along Entity has a selection box, Along Assembly XYZ,
By Delta XYZ, and To XYZ Position require coordinate values.
The Rotate tool also has options to define how the component will
rotate.
216
Fund3D.book Page 217 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
6
Move.
Drag the component Yoke_male with the left
mouse button so it is closer to where it will be
mated.
Other options for moving and rotating the
component will be discussed later in this
lesson.
Mating
Components
Obviously dragging a component is not sufficiently precise for building
an assembly. Use faces and edges to mate components to each other.
The parts inside the bracket are intended to move, so make sure that
the proper degrees of freedom are left available.
Introducing:
Insert Mate
Insert Mate creates relationships between component parts or between
a part and the assembly.
Mates can be created using many different objects. You can use:






Faces
Planes
Edges
Vertices
Sketch lines and points
Axes and origins
Most mates are made between a pair of objects. Two of the most
commonly used mates are Coincident and Concentric.
Where to Find It
Note

CommandManager: Assembly > Mate
Menu: Insert, Mate

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a component and click Mate

Mates icons are based on their type, for example Coincident
.
217
Fund3D.book Page 218 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Mate Types and
Alignment
Mates are used to create relationships between components. Faces are
the most commonly used geometry in mates. The type of mate, in
combination with the conditions Anti-aligned or Aligned, determines
the result.
Aligned
Anti-Aligned
Coincident
(faces lie on the same
imaginary infinite plane)
Parallel
Perpendicular
Aligned and anti-aligned do
not apply to Perpendicular.
Distance
Angle
Note
218
These tables outline the mates of the Standard Mates set. There are
also Advanced Mates and Mechanical Mates sets that are discussed
in more advanced manuals.
Fund3D.book Page 219 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Fewer options are available with cylindrical faces but they are every bit
as important.
Aligned
Anti-Aligned
Concentric
Tangent
Distance
Center to
Center
Minimum
Distance
Maximum
Distance
Custom
Distance
Lock
Select
anywhere
on
component.
Tip
between cylindrical faces has several options.
Components that are locked together will move
together. No alignment options.
After the mate has been created, you can right-click the mate feature in
the FeatureManager design tree, and click Flip Mate Alignment to
reverse the alignment.
219
Fund3D.book Page 220 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Things to which you
can mate
There are many types of topology and geometry that can be used in
mating. The selections can create many mate types.
Topology/
Geometry
Faces or
Surface
Line or Linear
Edge
Plane
Axis or
Temporary
Axis
Point, Vertex,
Origin or
Coordinate
System
Arc or Circular
Edge
220
Selections
Mate
Fund3D.book Page 221 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Tip
Although planes can be selected on the screen if they are visible, it is
often easier to select them by name through the FeatureManager design
tree. Click the “+” symbol to see the tree and expand individual
components and features.
Mating Concentric
and Coincident
The Yoke_male component is to be mated so that its shaft aligns with
the hole and the flat face contacts the bracket inner face. Concentric
and Coincident mates will be used.
Tip
Selection filters can be used to limit your selections by geometry type
such as face or edge. Press the F5 key and select one or more filter
types.
7
Mate PropertyManager.
Click Mate . If the PropertyManager is open,
you can select the faces without using the Ctrl
key.
Mate Options
Several mate options are available for all mates:

Add to new folder
Creates a new folder to hold all the mates created
while the Mate tool is active. The folder resides in
the Mates folder and can be renamed.

Show pop-up toolbar
Toggles the Mate pop-up toolbar on and off.

Show preview
Shows the positioning created by the mate as soon as the second
selection is made. It is not finalized until the dialog OK is clicked.
221
Fund3D.book Page 222 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling

Use for positioning only
This option can be used to position geometry without constraining it.
No mate is added.

Make first selection transparent
This option forces the component selected first to be transparent while
adding the mate.
The Mate pop-up toolbar is used to make
selections easier by displaying the
available mate types on the screen. The
mate types that are available vary by geometry selection and mirror
those that appear in the PropertyManager. The mate pop-up toolbar
appears on the graphics but can be dragged anywhere.
Introducing: Mate
Pop-up Toolbar
After the selection, a separate dialog appears (in this example
for a Concentric mate) to Lock Rotation or Flip Mate
Alignment.
Either the on-screen or PropertyManager dialog can be used. This
lesson uses the on-screen pop-up toolbar. All types are listed in the
chart Mate Types and Alignment on page 218.
8
Selections and preview.
Select the cylindrical faces of the Yoke_male and the bracket as
indicated.
As the second face is selected, the mate is previewed by moving to the
position that would result from the mate, and the Mate pop-up toolbar
is displayed.
Concentric is selected as the default and the mate is previewed.
9
Add a mate.
The faces are listed in the Mate Selections list. Exactly two items
should appear in the list. Accept the Concentric mate and click OK.
222
Fund3D.book Page 223 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
10 Planar face.
Rotate the view slightly and select the
underside planar face of the bracket
component.
11 Select through component.
Return to the Isometric view and select the top face of the Yoke_male
through the transparent bracket component. Add a Coincident mate
to bring the selected faces into contact.
12 Mates listed.
The mates, concentric and coincident, remain
listed in the Mates group box. They will be
added to the Mates folder when the Mate
command is completed. Click OK.
13 State of constraint.
The Yoke_male component is listed as under
constrained. It is still able to move by rotating
around the axis of its cylindrical surface.
Test the behavior of the Yoke_male by
dragging it.
223
Fund3D.book Page 224 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
14 Breadcrumbs.
Click on a face of Yoke_male. The
Breadcrumbs for that selection appear in the
upper left portion of the Graphics Area.
The icon strip identifies the hierarchy upward
starting with the face and moving to the
feature, body, component, and finally the top
level assembly. Below the strip is the sketch
associated with the selected feature. Above
the strip are the mates associated with the
selected component.
Note
Right-clicking on any of the icons allows you to edit that feature.
Clicking ‘air’ deselects the face.
Adding Components
Using Windows
Explorer
Another way to add components to the assembly is through Windows
Explorer or My Computer. The part or assembly file(s) can be dragged
and dropped into the active assembly.
15 Open Windows Explorer.
Since SOLIDWORKS is a native Windows application, it supports
standard Windows techniques like “drag and drop”. Component files
can be dragged from the window into the assembly to add them. Drag
and drop the spider into the graphics area.
224
Fund3D.book Page 225 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
16 Concentric mate for spider.
Add a Concentric mate between the two
cylindrical faces of the spider and
Yoke_male components.
Width Mate
The spider component will be centered within the Yoke_male and
Yoke_female components using a Width, Centered mate. The Width
mate is one of the Advanced Mates from the Mate dialog. Selections
include a pair of Width selections (the “outer” faces) and a pair of Tab
selections (the “inner” faces). The Tab faces are centered between the
Width faces to locate the component.
Width selections
Tab selection(s)
Result
(Front view)
(single selection)
(Front view)
(Front view)
Note
The Width mate contains other options that can be used with the same
selections: Free, Dimension and Percent.
225
Fund3D.book Page 226 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
17 Width mate.
Click Insert Mate
and click the Advanced Mates tab. Click the
Width
mate and click Centered.
Advanced mates often require additional selections; in this example,
two pairs of selections are required.
Hiding Faces with
the Alt Key
There are several ways to select hidden faces when adding or editing
mates. The Alt key can be used to hide one or more faces and provide
access to select hidden faces. The hide is temporary.
Where to Find It

Keyboard Shortcut: Move the pointer over a component face and
press Alt to hide a face or faces.
18 Hide and select.
Click in Width selections and click the first of the pair of inner faces
from the Yoke_male.
Position the cursor on a face to hide and press the Alt key. The outer
face is temporarily removed; select through to the inner face.
19 Remaining selections.
Click in Tab selections and click the second of the pair of outer faces
from the spider as shown. Click OK.
The Width mate keeps the spider centered inside the Yoke_male with
equal gaps on each side.
226
Fund3D.book Page 227 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
20 Mates by component.
Expand the spider component in the FeatureManager design tree. A
folder named Mates in Universal Joint is added to each component
that is mated. The folder contains the mates which use geometry of that
component.
Note
The icon
indicates that the mate is in the path to ground, or, it is one
of the mates that keeps the component in position.
227
Fund3D.book Page 228 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Rotating Inserted
Components
Components inserted using Insert Component on
page 215 can be rotated after they are inserted but
before they are placed using Rotate Inserted Component. The angle
can be set and the direction buttons can be clicked as many times as
desired.
Rotate about
Rotate about
X
Rotate about Z
Y
Where to Find It
Shortcut Menu: Click Insert Components and click a rotation
direction
Note
The option Show Rotate context toolbar on the Insert Component
PropertyManager must be clicked.
21 Insert and rotate.
Click Insert Components and select
the Yoke_female part.
Do not click to place the component
yet.
Click Rotate component
twice and click to place
about Z
the component.
228
Fund3D.book Page 229 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
22 Concentric mate.
Select the cylindrical faces as shown and
add a Concentric mate between them.
Using the
Component
Preview Window
The Component Preview Window is a handy tool that can be used to
make mate selections easier. When a component is selected for use, a
separate viewport is created for the assembly and for the component.
Each viewport can be manipulated by zooming, scrolling, and rotating.
Where to Find It

Menu: Click a component and click Tools, Component,
Preview Window

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a component and click
Component Preview Window
23 Preview window.
Click the spider component and click Preview Window
. The
window splits to include both the assembly and the spider component.
Click Mate
.
229
Fund3D.book Page 230 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
24 Selections.
Click Width. Select the pairs of faces that make up the width and tab
selections. Use view manipulation, the Alt key, or select other to make
the selections. The spider is centered on the Yoke_female
component. Click OK.
Note
The orientation of the component in the Preview Window is the same
orientation as the assembly.
25 Exit preview window.
Click Exit Preview.
Potential Over
Defined Condition
Because of the clearance between the Yoke_female and the bracket, a
Coincident mate is unsolvable. The gap prevents coincidence.
Parallel Mate
A Parallel mate keeps the selected planar faces or
planes parallel to each other without forcing
contact between them.
230
Fund3D.book Page 231 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
26 Parallel mate.
Select the faces of the
Yoke_female and bracket as
shown above. Add a Parallel mate
to maintain the gap between the
faces. Press G to use the
magnifying glass and view the gap.
Dynamic
Assembly Motion
Drag under defined components to display the motion allowed by the
remaining degrees of freedom.
Note
Components that are fixed or fully defined cannot be dragged.
27 Drag components.
Drag the Yoke_male component to turn it.
The mated components spider and
Yoke_female move with it.
Displaying Part
Configurations in
an Assembly
When you add a part to an assembly you can choose which of its
configurations will be displayed.
Or, once the part is inserted and mated, you can switch its
configuration.
231
Fund3D.book Page 232 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
The Pin
The part named pin has two configurations:
SHORT and LONG. Any configuration can be
used in the assembly. In this case, two
instances will use SHORT and one will use
LONG.
LONG
SHORT
Using Part
Configurations
in Assemblies
Multiple instances of the same part can be used in an assembly, with
each instance referencing a different configuration. We will use
multiple instances of a part with different configurations in this
assembly.
There are several ways to create this type of configuration
within a part:



Use Modify Configurations.
Applying different dimension values to individual configurations.
Design tables.
Drag and Drop from
an Open Document
The pin will be inserted by dragging it in from an open document
window into the assembly.
Note
If the bracket window is still open, close it before the next step.
28 Drag and drop.
Open the part pin and tile the windows of the assembly and part. Drag
and drop the pin into the assembly window by dragging the top-level
component (
) from the FeatureManager design tree. An
instance of the pin is added to the assembly.
232
Fund3D.book Page 233 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Important!
The pin is a component that contains multiple configurations. Like all
components, only the configuration that is used (LONG in this case)
appears in the component name.
Note
Display States are primarily used in assemblies, but can be used in
multi-body parts. For more information on display states, see the
Assembly Modeling training manual.
29 Concentric mate.
Select the cylindrical faces as shown. Add a
Concentric mate between the cylindrical
face in the Yoke_female and pin using the
context toolbar.
Note
To prevent rotation of the pin, click the Lock Rotation option.
Drag the pin through the Yoke_female as
shown.
233
Fund3D.book Page 234 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
30 Tangent mate.
Add a Tangent mate between the planar end
face of the pin and the cylindrical face in the
Yoke_female using the context toolbar.
The Second Pin
Another instance of the pin is needed. This one will be the shorter
version, SHORT. We will open the pin, tile the windows of the part and
assembly, and show the part’s ConfigurationManager.
Opening a
Component
When you need to access a component while working in an assembly,
you can open it directly, without having to use the File, Open menu.
The component can be either a part or a subassembly.
31 Cascade the windows.
Click Window, Cascade to see both the part and assembly windows.
Switch to the ConfigurationManager of the pin.
32 Drag and drop a configuration.
Drag and drop the configuration SHORT into the graphics window of
the assembly. You can drag and drop any configuration from the
ConfigurationManager, not just the active one.
234
Fund3D.book Page 235 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Other Methods of
Selecting
Configurations
There are several more methods for selecting the configuration of a
component used in an assembly.



To get the same result using Insert Component, browse for the
part and associated configuration.
Parts that contain configurations
trigger a message box when dragged
and dropped. Select the desired
configuration from the list.
After the component has been
added, click on it and select the
configuration name from the
context toolbar or Component
Properties (see Component
Properties on page 239).
33 Second instance.
The second instance of the pin
component was added, this time
using the SHORT configuration.
The component is added and it
displays the proper configuration
name in the FeatureManager
design tree.
34 Mate the component.
Add Concentric and Tangent mates to mate the
second instance of the pin.
235
Fund3D.book Page 236 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Recent Documents
SOLIDWORKS maintains a list of recently opened documents that can
be used to access documents quickly. Type the shortcut key R and click
the document to open.
The pin can be used to keep documents on the recent documents list.
The Show in Folder link is used to open the folder where the
document resides.
Keyboard Shortcut: R
Where to Find It

Tip
Clicking in the lower right hand corner of the image brings up a
dialog with several options when opening the file including selection of
the mode, configuration, and display state. Clicking Show in Folder
opens Windows showing the component location.
35 Switch documents.
Switch to the pin.SLDPRT document, close it and maximize the
assembly window.
Creating Copies of
Instances
Many times parts and subassemblies are used more than once in an
assembly. To create multiple instances, or copies of the components,
copy and paste existing ones into the assembly.
36 Drag a copy.
Create another copy of the pin
component by holding the Ctrl key
while dragging the instance with
the SHORT configuration into the
graphics area. The result is another
instance that uses the SHORT
configuration, since it was copied from a component with that
configuration.
Tip
236
You can drag a copy from the FeatureManager design tree or the
graphics area of the assembly.
Fund3D.book Page 237 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Component Hiding
and Transparency
Hiding a component temporarily removes the component’s graphics
but leaves the component active within the assembly. A hidden
component still resides in memory, still has its mates solved, and is still
considered in operations like mass property calculations.
Another option is to change the transparency of the component.
Selections can be made through the component to others behind it.
Introducing:
Hide Component
Show Component
Hide Component turns off the display of a
component, making it easier to see other parts of the
assembly. When a component is hidden, its icon in the
FeatureManager design tree appears in outline form
like this:
.
Show Component turns the display back on.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a component and click
Hide Components


Introducing: Change
Transparency
or Show Components
Display Pane: Hide/Show
in the component row
Keyboard Shortcut. Move the pointer over a component and press
Tab to hide. Move the pointer over a hidden component and press
Shift + Tab to display.
Change Transparency toggles the component
transparency between 0% and 75%. Selections
pass through the transparent component unless the
Shift key is pressed during selection. The
FeatureManager design tree icon does not change
when a component is transparent.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a component and click
Change Transparency

Display Pane: Transparency
in the component row
37 Hide the bracket.
Change the view orientation from the default
Isometric by pressing Shift+Left Arrow once.
Click on the bracket component and
Hide Component
.
237
Fund3D.book Page 238 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
38 Complete the mating.
Complete the mating of this component by adding
Concentric and Tangent mates using Insert Mate.
39 Show the component.
Select the bracket again and click Show
Component
to toggle the graphics back
on.
40 Return to previous view.
Previous view states can be recalled by clicking Previous View
on
the Heads-up View Toolbar. Each time you press the button, the view
display backs up through the display list, whether the view state was
saved or not. Click once to return to the previous Isometric view.
41 Visual references.
Dynamic Reference Visualization can be used with assemblies to
visually identify components from a mate and mates from a
component.
238
Fund3D.book Page 239 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Component
Properties
The Component Properties dialog controls several aspects of a
component instance.

Model Document Path
Displays the part file that the instance uses. To replace the file instance
references with a different file, use File, Replace.

Display State specific properties
Hides or shows the component. Also enables you to select a display
state by name.

Suppression state
Suppress, resolve or set the component to lightweight status.

Solve as
Makes the subassembly rigid or flexible. This allows dynamic
assembly motion to solve motion at the subassembly level.

Referenced configuration
Determines which configuration of the component is being used.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a component and click
Component Properties
42 Component properties.
Right-click the pin<3> component and click
Component Properties
. The Referenced configuration option is
set to SHORT. This dialog box can be used to change the configuration,
suppress, or hide an instance. Click Cancel.
239
Fund3D.book Page 240 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Subassemblies
A new assembly will be created for the components of the crank. It will
be used as a subassembly.
Existing assemblies can also be inserted into the current assembly
using any of the techniques previously introduced for parts. When an
assembly file is added to an existing assembly, we refer to it as a
subassembly. However, to the SOLIDWORKS software, it is still an
assembly (*.sldasm) file.
The subassembly and all its component parts are added to the
FeatureManager design tree. The subassembly can be mated to the
assembly by one of its component parts or its planes. The subassembly
is treated as a single piece component, regardless of how many
components are within it.
1
New assembly.
Create a new assembly using the Assembly_MM template.
Click Keep Visible on the Begin Assembly
PropertyManager and add the crank-shaft component.
Locate it at the origin of the assembly.
It is Fixed.
2
Add components.
Using the same dialog, add the
crank-arm and crank-knob
components.
Close the dialog.
240
Fund3D.book Page 241 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Smart Mates
Mates can be added between components while dragging and dropping
them. This method, called Smart Mates, uses the Alt key in
conjunction with standard drag and drop techniques.
These mates use the same Mate pop-up toolbar as the Mate tool uses to
set the type and other attributes. Many mate types can be created with
this method.
Certain techniques generate multiple mates and do not use the toolbar.
These require the use of the Tab key to switch mate alignment.
3
Smart Mate concentric.
Follow these steps to add a Concentric mate through the Smart Mate
technique:
1. Press and hold the Alt key.
2. Click and hold the circular face of
the crank-arm.
3. Move the component over the
circular face of the crank-shaft.
4. Drop the component when the
tooltip appears, indicating a
concentric mate.
5. Confirm the Concentric type from
the Mate pop-up toolbar.
A Concentric mate is added between the crank-arm and the crankshaft components.
The Alt key can be pressed before or after selecting a face to mate.
Tip
4
Smart Mate parallel.
Spin the crank-arm around so the flat
of the "D" cut is selectable using
dragging. Select the flat and Alt-+drag
it to the flat on the crank-shaft. Drop
the component when the
symbol
appears, indicating a Coincident mate
between planar faces.
Use the Mate pop-up toolbar to switch
to a Parallel mate.
241
Fund3D.book Page 242 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
5
Coincident.
Select the edge of the crank-arm and Alt-+drag it to
the flat on the crank-shaft. Drop the component
when the
symbol appears, indicating a Coincident
mate between and edge and a planar face. Use the
Mate pop-up toolbar to confirm the Coincident mate.
6
“Peg-in-hole”.
Rotate the crank-knob using Move
with Triad (Triad on page 216).
The “Peg-in-hole” option is a special
case of the Smart Mate that creates
two mates from one drag and drop.
This operation is easier if the crankknob has been rotated.
Select the circular edge on the crankknob. Press Alt and drag it to the
circular edge on the top of the crankarm.
Release the Alt key when the
symbol appears, indicating that both
Coincident and Concentric mates
will be added.
Press the Tab key, if necessary, to
reverse the alignment. Drop the
component.
7
Save.
Save the assembly, naming it crank sub. Leave the assembly open.
Hide and Show All
Types
All of the visual symbols used in SOLIDWORKS including: axes,
coordinate systems, origins, planes, and sketches can be toggled on and
off all at once using Hide All Types and Show All Types. Currently
the only visible type are the blue View Origins.
Where to Find It


242
Heads-up View Toolbar: Hide All Types
Menu Bar: View, Hide/Show, Hide All Types
Fund3D.book Page 243 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
8
Hide all types.
Click Hide All Types
to toggle all
the visual symbols in this assembly off.
Inserting
Subassemblies
Subassemblies are existing assemblies that are added to the active
assembly. All of the subassembly components act as a single
component.
9
Select the subassembly.
Switch to the main assembly. Using Insert Component, the dialog is
set to list any open parts or assemblies under Open documents. The
crank sub is listed and selected.
10 Place the subassembly.
Place the subassembly near the top of the Yoke_male component.
Expanding the subassembly component icon shows all the component
parts within it, including its own mate group.
243
Fund3D.book Page 244 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Mating
Subassemblies
Subassemblies follow the same rules for mating as parts. They are
considered components and can be mated using the Mate tool,
Alt+drag mating or any of the other methods that have been discussed.
11 Smart Mate concentric.
Add a Concentric mate, using Alt+drag,
between the cylindrical surfaces of the post on
the top of the Yoke_male and the crank-shaft.
12 Parallel mate.
Mate the flat on the Yoke_male with the
flat in the D-hole in the crank-shaft
with a Parallel mate.
13 Alignment.
Click the Flip Mate Alignment button to
test Anti-Aligned (above) and Aligned
(right).
Use the anti-aligned condition (above) for
this mate.
244
Fund3D.book Page 245 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Distance Mates
Distance mates allow for gaps between mating components. You can
think of it as a parallel mate with an offset distance. There is generally
more than one solution so the options Flip Mate Alignment and
Flip Dimension are used to determine how the distance is measured
and which side it is on.
Unit System
The Unit System controls input to the document as well as the units of
mass property calculations. The unit system can be set using Tools,
Options, Document Properties, Units. You can also set the unit
system by clicking Unit System on the status bar.
Alternatively, you can enter dimensions in a
unit system other than the document’s units.
In the dimension value fields, you can type
the abbreviation for the desired units, or
choose the units from a drop down list.
14 Select the faces.
Select the top face of the bracket and the
bottom face of the crank-shaft
component to create the mate.
15 Add a Distance mate.
Specify a distance in units that are
different than the document’s units. Type
1/32 in. If the crank-shaft penetrates into
the bracket select the Flip Dimension
button. Click OK to create the mate.
Tip
Double-clicking a Distance or Angle mate
in the FeatureManager design tree displays
it on the screen. The value displays in the
units of the assembly, in this case
millimeters.
245
Fund3D.book Page 246 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 6
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
16 Select in the FeatureManager design
tree.
Select the subassembly crank sub in the
FeatureManager design tree. All
components in the subassembly will be
selected and highlighted.
Tip
From the graphic window, right-click a component of the subassembly
and click Select subassembly.
17 Dynamic Assembly Motion.
Use Change Transparency on the yokes.
Drag the crank-arm to see the motion of
the spider.
Use For Positioning
Only
The mate option Use for positioning only can be used to position
geometry without adding the restriction of a mate. This is a useful
method for setting up a drawing view.
18 Mate.
Click Mate
and click Use for positioning
only. Select the planar faces shown and a Parallel
mate. Click OK.
The geometry is positioned like a parallel mate
condition but no mate is added.
Save the assembly.
246
Fund3D.book Page 247 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 6
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling
Pack and Go
Pack and Go is used to collect and copy all the files used by the
assembly into a single folder or zip file. It is especially useful when the
entire assembly must be sent to another user and the files are stored in
many different folders. Additional related files can be included.
Where to Find It

Menu: File, Pack and Go
19 Pack and Go.
Click Pack and Go and click Save To Zip File. Use a file name of
your choice, click Flatten to single folder, and click Save.
20 Save and close all files.
247
Fund3D.book Page 248 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 24
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Mates
Exercise 24:
Mates
Create this assembly by adding
components to a new assembly and using
mates.
This lab uses the following skills:



Creating a New Assembly on page 210
Adding Components on page 215
Mating Components on page 217
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new assembly. All the component parts can be found in the
folder Mates.
1
Add the component RectBase.
Create a new assembly, using the RectBase
part as the base component. It should be
fixed at the assembly origin.
2
Add the EndConnect.
Add an instance of the EndConnect to the
assembly. Mate it to the RectBase using a
distance of 10mm and two coincident mates as
shown.
3
Add the Brace.
Add an instance of the Brace to the assembly.
Mate it to the RectBase using coincident
mates as shown.
The Brace is centered on the hole in the
EndConnect component.
Tip
248
Coincident mates between planes or Width mates can be used to center
components.
Fund3D.book Page 249 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 24
Mates
4
Additional components.
Add more instances of the Brace and EndConnect components,
placing them as shown.
5
Save and close all files.
249
Fund3D.book Page 250 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 25
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Gripe Grinder
Exercise 25:
Gripe Grinder
Assemble this device by following the steps
as shown.
This lab uses the following skills:





Creating a New Assembly on page 210
Adding Components on page 215
Mating Components on page 217
Dynamic Assembly Motion on page 231
Smart Mates on page 241
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new assembly. All the component parts can be found in the
folder Grinder Assy.
1
Add the component Base.
Create a new assembly, using the Base
part as the base component. It should be
fixed at the assembly origin.
2
Add the Slider.
Add the Slider to the assembly. Mate it
to one of the dovetail slots. A width and
coincident mate are required.
3
Add a second copy of the Slider.
Mate it to the other dovetail slot. Both
Sliders should be free to move back and
forth in their respective slots.
250
Fund3D.book Page 251 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 25
Gripe Grinder
4
Crank assembly.
Open a new assembly using the
Assembly_MM template. Build the
Crank assembly as shown at the right.
Consider using “peg-in-hole”
SmartMates to add the coincident and
concentric mates in one step. The Crank
is shown in both exploded and collapsed
states.
The Crank assembly consists of:
 Handle (1)
 Knob (1)
 Truss Head Screw (1)
[#8-32 (.5” long)] configuration
 RH Machine Screw (2)
[#4-40 (.625” long)] configuration
Both machine screws contain multiple
configurations. Be sure you use the correct ones.
Note
5
Insert the Crank assembly into the
main assembly.
Tile or cascade the two assembly
windows, and drag and drop the
subassembly into the main assembly.
6
Mate the Crank assembly to the
Sliders.
The two RH Machine Screws go
into the holes in the Sliders. The
underside of the Handle mates to the
top face of one of the Sliders.
7
Turn the Crank.
The movement of the Knob follows an elliptical path. The movement
of each Slider traces the major and minor axes of that ellipse.
8
Save and close all files.
251
Fund3D.book Page 252 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 26
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Using Hide and Show Component
Exercise 26:
Using Hide and
Show
Component
Create this assembly by using mates.
This lab uses the following skills:





Creating a New Assembly on
page 210.
Adding Components on page 215
Mating Components on page 217
Component Hiding and Transparency
on page 237
Smart Mates on page 241
Units: millimeters
Procedure
Create a new assembly. All the component parts can be found in the
folder Gearbox Assy.
1
Create assembly.
Open the Housing component. Use Make Assembly from Part/
Assembly to create a new assembly with the Assembly_MM
template. It should be fixed at the assembly origin.
2
Add the components.
Drag or insert the remaining component parts into the assembly.
3
Mates.
Mate the Cover Plate and both
Cover_Pl&Lug components to the
Housing as shown.
252
Fund3D.book Page 253 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 26
Using Hide and Show Component
4
Hide.
Hide the Cover Plate and one of the
Cover_Pl&Lug components as shown.
5
Add more components.
Add the Worm Gear Shaft and Worm
Gear components as shown.
Mate the Worm Gear to the
Housing using a Width mate.
Tip
6
Detail.
Show the hidden components. Use Change Transparency to change
the appearance of the Housing.
Add the Offset Shaft component and mate it.
A detail for mating the Offset Shaft to
the Housing is shown at right.
Tip
7
Save and close all files.
253
Fund3D.book Page 254 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 27
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Part Configurations in an Assembly
Exercise 27:
Part
Configurations
in an Assembly
Using the parts included, complete this
bottom up assembly. Use several configurations of the same part in the
assembly to create a set of allen
wrenches.
This lab reinforces the following skills:




Procedure
Adding Components on page 215
Mating Components on page 217
Using Part Configurations in Assemblies on page 232
Opening a Component on page 234
Open an existing assembly.
1
Existing assembly.
Open the assembly part
configs from folder
part configs. The
assembly contains three
components, two of
which have multiple
instances. One
component, the Allen
Wrench, uses a different
configuration for each
instance.
2
Open part.
Select any instance of the
Allen Wrench component and
open the part.
254
Fund3D.book Page 255 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 27
Part Configurations in an Assembly
3
Configuration.
Use the values in the Length column for each configuration as shown.
Length
Size01
50
Size02
60
Size03
70
Size04
80
Size05
90
Size06
100
Size07
100
Size08
90
Size09
80
Size10
100
Right-click the dimension and click Configure Dimension.
Tip
4
Add and mate components.
Size 8
Add and mate three more components,
noting the configurations of the Allen
Wrench parts. The sizes, positions and part
names are detailed in the accompanying
illustrations.
Size 9
Size 7
The Allen Wrench axis center_axis is useful for mating.
Tip
5
Save and close all files.
255
Fund3D.book Page 256 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 28
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
U-Joint Changes
Exercise 28:
U-Joint
Changes
Make changes to the assembly created in the
previous lesson.
This exercise uses the following skills:




Procedure
Insert Component on page 215
Mating Components on page 217
Opening a Component on page 234
Component Hiding and Transparency on
page 237
Open an existing assembly.
1
2
Open the assembly named Changes.
Open the assembly Changes from
folder U-Joint Changes.
bracket
Open the bracket component.
From the FeatureManager design tree or
the screen, open the component
bracket<1> for editing.
3
Changes.
Double-click the first feature and
change the dimensions that are shown
as bold and underlined.
Rebuild the part.
4
Close and save.
Close the bracket part, saving the
changes that you have made. Respond
Yes to rebuilding the assembly.
5
Changes.
The changes made in the part also appear in the
assembly.
6
Turn the crank.
The crank should turn freely, turning the two yokes,
the spider, and the pins with it.
7
256
Delete mate.
Expand the Mate folder and delete the mate
Parallel2.
Fund3D.book Page 257 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 28
U-Joint Changes
8
Turn the crank.
The crank should turn freely but it is no
longer connected to the yokes and spider.
9
Insert a set screw.
Insert the existing component named
set screw. Mate it to the small hole in the
crank-shaft with a Concentric mate.
Optionally, click the Lock Rotation option.
10 Hide component.
Hide the crank-shaft component. Add a
Coincident mate between the flat faces of the
set screw and the Yoke_Male.
11 Show component.
Show the crank-shaft component.
12 Turn the crank.
The crank should turn freely and once again,
the two yokes, the spider and the pins should
rotate with it.
13 Save and close the assembly.
257
Fund3D.book Page 258 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 28
U-Joint Changes
258
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Fund3D.book Page 259 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Objectives
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Navigate the SOLIDWORKS Simulation interface.

Execute a linear static analysis using solid elements.

Understand the influence of mesh density on displacement and
stress results.

Employ various methods to present FEA results.

Manage SOLIDWORKS Simulation result files.

Access available help and assistance.
259
Fund3D.book Page 260 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
The Analysis
Process
The process of analyzing models consists of the same basic steps,
regardless of the type of analysis or model. We must understand these
steps fully to have a meaningful analysis.
Stages in the
Process
Some key stages in the analysis of a model are shown in the following
list:

Create a study
Each analysis performed on a model is a study. We can have
multiple studies in each model.

Apply material
We apply material properties such as yield strength to the model.

Apply fixtures
Fixtures are added to represent the way the physical model is held.

Apply loads
Loads represent the forces on the model.

Mesh the model
The model is divided into finite elements.

Run the study
The solver calculates the displacement, strain and stress in the
model.

Analyze the results
The results are interpreted.
Case Study:
Stress in a Plate
In this first case study, we will determine the stress in a rectangular
plate, with a hole in it, under a tensile load. We will use this simple
model to familiarize ourselves with all the steps and the majority of the
software functionality typically used in a static analysis of solid
models.
In spite of its simplicity, this is the most critical lesson in this course.
This lesson goes through all the required steps. However, after the
lesson is complete, you should continue to explore other software
functionality and other modeling assumptions, such as different
material properties, loads, restraints, and so on.
260
Fund3D.book Page 261 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Project
Description
The rectangular plate with a
hole is fixed at one end. A
110,000 Newton uniformly
distributed load applies
tension to the other end.
In addition to learning
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
functions, our objective is to investigate the impact of different mesh
densities on the results. Using FEA terminology, the aim is to examine
the effect of different discretization choices on the data of interest; in
our case, on deformation and stress. Therefore, we will perform the
analyses using meshes with varying element sizes to gain more insight
into how FEA works.
1
Open a part file.
Open rectangular hollow plate from the Lesson01\Case Studies
folder. Review the dimensions of the model and note down the length,
width, and thickness of the part in millimeters.
2
Start SOLIDWORKS Simulation.
From the CommandManager, browse to SOLIDWORKS Add-Ins, and
click SOLIDWORKS Simulation.
261
Fund3D.book Page 262 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
SOLIDWORKS
Simulation
Interface
SOLIDWORKS Simulation functions are accessed the same way as
core SOLIDWORKS. To create an FEA model, solve the model, and
analyze the results, we use a graphical interface in the form of icons
and folders located in the SOLIDWORKS Simulation Study tree
window.
CommandManager tab
Simulation Study
tabs
Simulation
Study tree
(Shortcut Menu)
Simulation Study
Tree
262
Once a simulation study is created, the
Simulation Study tree (Shortcut menu) will
appear in the lower part of the
FeatureManager design tree. Its visibility
is controlled by a tab below the graphics
area.
Simulation
Advisor
Fund3D.book Page 263 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Pull-down
Simulation Menu
The Simulation menu provides a method to
access all the commands for simulation.
Toolbars
The Shortcut toolbar contains all the commands that have
toolbar buttons. It can be customized to show only those
commands you use frequently. The Shortcut toolbar can be
activated using the S key on the keyboard.
CommandManager
The CommandManager provides a universal toolbar for simulation
features. The Simulation tab provides the tools to setup a study and for
analyzing the results.
263
Fund3D.book Page 264 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Context Menus
Functions can be selected by rightclicking geometry or items in the
Simulation Study tree.
SOLIDWORKS
Simulation
Options
Located on the Simulation menu, the Options dialog box enables you
to customize the Simulation software to reflect the standards your
company uses for analysis. There are two categories of options, system
and default.

System Options
System options apply to all studies. Included are the settings for the
way the errors are displayed and the location of the default libraries.

Default Options
Default options apply to new studies. As we do not use templates
for simulation studies, this is where the options are set for units,
default plots, etc.
Where to Find It

3
Menu: Click Options
Open Simulation Options window.
Click Options
4
264
from the Simulation pull-down menu
.
Set default units for SOLIDWORKS Simulation.
Under Default Options, select Units. Make sure that the Units system
is set to SI (MKS) and Length/Displacement and Stress are in mm
and N/mm^2(MPa), respectively.
Fund3D.book Page 265 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
5
Set default results.
In this lesson, the analysis results will be created and stored in a subfolder located in the SOLIDWORKS document directory.
Select Results. Under Results folder, select
SOLIDWORKS document folder. SOLIDWORKS document folder
is the folder where rectangular hollow plate.SLDPRT resides
on your computer.
Select the Under sub folder check box.
In the Under sub folder box, enter results. This will automatically
create a sub folder named results to store SOLIDWORKS Simulation
results.
Under Default solver, select Automatic.
Note
Solvers will be discussed later in the course.
265
Fund3D.book Page 266 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Plot Settings
Upon completion of any static analysis,
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
automatically creates the following
result plots:



Stress1
Displacement1
Strain1
The plot settings determine which plots
will be automatically created and their
units. To add an additional plot, rightclick Results and select the type of plot
you wish to define. Each type of plot
can be stored in a user-defined folder.
6
Set default plots.
Expand the Default plots subfolder located in the Plot folder. This
section allows you to select default result plots to be generated after
solving the analysis.
We will use the default settings in the Default plots folder for this
lesson.
266
Fund3D.book Page 267 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
7
Specify color chart options.
Under the Plot folder, select Color Chart.
Set Number format to Scientific and No. of decimal places to 6.
Explore all the chart options in this window.
Click OK to close the Options window.
Preprocessing
In the following steps, we will prepare the model for analysis. The
preprocessing steps include:

Create a study

Apply material

Apply fixtures

Apply external forces

Mesh the model
267
Fund3D.book Page 268 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
New Study
Creation of an FEA model always starts with the
definition of a study.
The study definition is where we enter
information about the kind of analysis we wish to
perform.
Each analysis we do is a separate study. When a
study is defined, SOLIDWORKS Simulation automatically creates a
study folder (named in this case, default analysis) and places several
icons in it.
Some of the icons are folders that contain other icons.
We use Part
to define and assign material properties,
External Loads
and Mesh
to define loads, Fixtures
to define fixtures,
to create the finite element mesh.
Connections
are not used in this lesson.
There is only one component, named rectangular hollow plate, in
the Part
folder. If an analysis is done with multiple bodies, then a
Parts
folder is created which contains as many Part
there are in the model.
Where to Find It
Renaming Studies
268

CommandManager: Simulation > New Study

Menu: Simulation, Study
bodies as
The name of the study can be changed at any point by click-pauseclicking on the study name, by clicking the study name and selecting
the F2 button on the keyboard, or by right-clicking on the study tab and
selecting Rename. (Similar functionality is seen when renaming files
and folders in Windows.)
Fund3D.book Page 269 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Assigning Material
Properties
We can assign material to the model in either the SOLIDWORKS or
the SOLIDWORKS Simulation window.
If a material was assigned in the SOLIDWORKS window, the material
definition will be transferred automatically to SOLIDWORKS
Simulation.
In this lesson, we assign material to the part in the SOLIDWORKS
Simulation window, not because this is the preferred way, but to
demonstrate this option.
Frequently used materials can be added to the folder
Apply Favorite Material. A material can be applied conveniently from
this folder to multibody parts and assemblies without displaying the
material window. To manage the favorite material list, right-click
Material
in the FeatureManager design tree and select
Manage Favorites.
Where to Find It:



Menu: Simulation, Material, Apply Material to All
CommandManager: Select the component in the Simulation Study
tree Simulation > Apply Material
Shortcut Menu: Right-click a body from the tree and click
Apply/Edit Material
The first method assigns the same material properties to all components
in the model. The second method assigns material properties to the
components that were selected. The third method assigns material
properties to one particular body. Because we are not working with an
assembly but with a single part which contains only one body (i.e. this
is not a multibody part) any of the above three ways of material
assignment can be used.
Note
8
Create a study.
Click Study
9
.
Name the study.
Click Static
for the Type of study.
Type default analysis for the Name.
Click OK
.
269
Fund3D.book Page 270 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
10 Assign material properties.
Click Apply/Edit Material
.
Expand Solidworks Materials and select AISI 304 from the Steel
folder.
Click Apply and Close.
The rectangular hollow plate icon in the Parts folder now displays
a green check mark and the name of the selected material to indicate
that a material has successfully been assigned.
Note
270
The required material constants are in red. The constants shown in blue
may be required if specific load types are used (for example, the
Temperature load would require the Thermal expansion coefficient).
You may add a new material library by right clicking any folder or
existing material in the Material dialog window. The new material can
be added by copying the existing material into a new location and
editing its properties.
Fund3D.book Page 271 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Fixtures
To do a static analysis, the model must be properly restrained so that it
cannot move. SOLIDWORKS Simulation provides various fixtures
that can be used to restrain the model. Generally, fixtures can be
applied to faces, edges and vertices using various methods.
Fixture Types
The fixtures and restraints are grouped as Standard and Advanced.
Their properties are summarized below:
Standard Fixtures
Fixture Type
Fixed Geometry
Immovable
Roller/Slider
Fixed Hinge
Definition
Also called a rigid support, all translational
and all rotational degrees of freedom are
constrained.
Fixed Geometry does not require any
information on the direction along which
restraints are applied.
This restraint locks translational movement
but allows rotational movement. This option
is only available when working with shell and
beam elements but not solid elements. (Solid
elements can not rotate.)
Use the Roller/Slider restraint to specify that
a planar face can move freely in its plane but
cannot move in the direction normal to its
plane. The face can shrink or expand under
loading.
Use the Hinge restraint to specify that a
cylindrical face can move only about its axis.
The radius and the length of the cylindrical
face remain constant under loading.
271
Fund3D.book Page 272 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Advanced Fixtures
Fixture Type
Symmetry
Cyclic Symmetry
Use Reference
Geometry
On Flat Faces
On Cylindrical
Faces
On Spherical
Faces
Where to Find It
This option is available for use on flat face;
in-plane displacements are allowed and
rotation in the direction normal to the plane is
allowed.
This option is used to restrain segments
which, if periodically revolved around a
specified axis of revolution, would form a
rotationally symmetrical body.
This option restrains a face, edge, or vertex
only in desired direction(s), while leaving the
other directions free to move. You can specify
the desired direction(s) of restraint in relation
to the selected reference plane, axis, edge, or
face. The SOLIDWORKS Flyout
FeatureManager is useful for selecting
reference geometry (plane and axis).
This option provides restraints in selected
directions, which are defined by the three
principal directions of the flat face where
restraints are being applied.
This option is similar to On flat face except
that the three principal directions of a
cylindrical reference face define the directions
in a cylindrical coordinate system; this option
is very useful because you can apply a
restraint that allows for rotation about the axis
associated with the cylindrical face.
Similar to On flat faces and On cylindrical
faces; the three principal directions of a
spherical face define the directions of the
applied restraints in a spherical coordinate
system.

CommandManager: Simulation > Fixtures Advisor >

Fixed Geometry
Menu: Simulation, Loads/Fixture, Fixtures
Shortcut Menu: Right-click Fixtures and click Fixed Geometry

272
Definition
Fund3D.book Page 273 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
11 Define Fixed Restraints.
Click Fixed Geometry
.
Rotate the model and select the face to apply restraints.
Click OK
.
Having defined fixtures, we have fully restrained the model in space.
Therefore, the model cannot displace without elastic deformation. In
FEA terminology, we say that the model does not have any rigid body
modes.
Renaming
The names of the study, fixtures, loads, and connectors can be changed
at any point to help us decipher the meaning later on. You can clickpause-click to rename an object, or select the object and use the F2
button on the keyboard. To change the study name from the tabs below,
you can right-click on the tab and select Rename. (Similar functionality
exists when renaming files and folders in Windows.)
273
Fund3D.book Page 274 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Fixture Symbols
Fixture symbols are displayed on the face where they
have been applied.
In this case study, we select Fixed Geometry
as the
fixture type, meaning that all six degrees of freedom
(three translations and three rotations) have been
restrained.
The fixture symbols are arrows to indicate translational restraints and
discs to indicate rotational restraints in respective directions. In this
lesson, the fixtures are defined by the directions of the global
coordinate system visible in the lower-left corner of the model window.
If, instead of selecting Fixed Geometry
as the type
of fixture, we selected Roller/Slider
, then the
rotational degrees of freedom would not be constrained
and the corresponding fixture symbols would feature
only arrows, not discs.
External Loads
Once the model is restrained, we must apply external loads or forces to
the model. SOLIDWORKS Simulation provides various external
forces that can be used to load the model. Generally, forces can be
applied to faces, edges, and vertices using various methods. These
external forces and their properties are summarized below:
Standard External Forces
Force Type
Force
Definition
This option applies a force or moment to a face,
edge, or vertex in the direction defined by
selected reference geometry (plane, edge, face, or
axis).
Note that a moment can only be applied if shell or
beam elements are used. Shell and beam elements
have six degrees of freedom per node
(translations and rotations) and can assume a
moment load. Solid elements have only three
degrees of freedom per node (translations only)
and, therefore, cannot assume a moment load
directly.
Torque
274
If you need to apply a moment to solid elements,
it must be represented by appropriately
distributed forces, or remote loads.
This option applies torque about a reference axis
using the Right-hand Rule. This option requires
that the axis be defined in SOLIDWORKS.
Fund3D.book Page 275 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Advanced External Forces
Force Type
Pressure
Gravity
Applies a pressure to a face. Can be
directional and variable, such as hydrostatic
pressure.
Applies linear accelerations to parts or
assemblies.
Centrifugal Force
Applies an angular velocity and acceleration
to a part or assembly.
Bearing Load
Bearing loads are defined between contacting
cylindrical faces.
Remote Load/
Mass
Remote loads apply loads that would
normally be transferred by connecting
structure.
Distributed Mass
Distributed masses are applied to selected
faces to simulate the mass of components that
are suppressed or not included in the model.
Temperatures are applied to components for
thermal expansion effects.
Temperature
Where to Find It
Definition


CommandManager: Simulation > External Loads Advisor >
click one of the available Force Types
Menu: Simulation, Loads/Fixture, click one of the available
Force Types

Note
Shortcut Menu: Right-click External Loads and click one of the
available Force Types
The presence of an external force is indicated by arrows symbolizing
the load and by the corresponding icon.
12 Rename the fixture.
Use the Windows click-pause-click method to rename the fixture
named Fixture-1 to Fixed side.
275
Fund3D.book Page 276 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
13 Define Force.
Rotate the model. We will apply a tensile force of 110,000 N [24,729
lbf] to the face opposite the fixture.
Click Force
.
In the Type area, select Normal, in the Units dialog make sure that SI is
selected, and in the Force Value box, type 110,000.
Select Reverse direction. This is required to define a tensile force.
Note
Clearing the Reverse direction check box would result in a compressive
force.
When defining a normal force we do not need to use any reference
geometry. Load direction is sufficiently defined by the orientation of
the loaded face when Normal is in effect.
Click OK
.
14 Rename the force.
Rename this force created in the previous step to Tensile force.
276
Fund3D.book Page 277 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Size and Color of
Symbols
The size and color of
restraint and load symbols
can be controlled both
locally and globally.
The local settings of the
symbols are controlled from
the Symbol settings dialog
in the Fixtures and External
Loads PropertyManagers.
The global definitions for the symbols can be controlled by the
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Options in the Load/Fixture folder.
Display/Hide
Symbols
The model now shows both loads and restraints symbols. To hide or
show the symbols:


Right-click a particular restraint or load icon in the Fixtures or
External Loads folder and choose Show or Hide.
Right-click the Fixtures or External Loads folder to globally display
or hide loads and restraints and choose Show All or Hide All.
277
Fund3D.book Page 278 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Preprocessing
Summary
Now that we have assigned the material properties, fixtures, and
external loads, we have fully defined the mathematical model, which
we intend to solve with FEA.
The mathematical model must be discretized into a finite element
model. Before creating the finite element model, let us make a few
observations about the following terms:




Geometry preparation
Material properties
External loads definition
Fixtures definition
Geometry
Preparation
Geometry preparation is a well-defined step with few uncertainties.
Geometry that is simplified for analysis can be checked visually by
comparing it with the original CAD model.
Material Properties
Material properties are most often selected from the material library
and do not account for local defects, surface conditions, and so on.
Generally, material definition has more uncertainties than geometry
preparation.
External Loads
Definition
Defining external loads involves many background assumptions
because in real life, load magnitude, distribution, and time dependence
are often known only approximately and must be roughly estimated in
FEA with many simplifying assumptions. Therefore, significant
idealization errors can be made when defining loads. Nonetheless,
loads can be expressed in numbers, which makes loads easier for FEA
users to relate to.
Fixtures Definition
Defining restraints is where severe
errors are most often made. A
common error is over-constraining
the model, which results in an overly
stiff structure that underestimates
deformations and stresses.
The relative level of uncertainties in
defining geometry, material, loads,
and fixtures is qualitatively shown.
278
Geometry Material Loads
Fixtures
Fund3D.book Page 279 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Idealizations and
Assumptions
Geometry is the easiest to define while fixtures are the most difficult,
but the level of difficulty has no relation to the time required for each
step, so the message in this bar graph may be counterintuitive. In fact,
preparing CAD geometry for FEA may take hours, while defining
material, and applying loads and fixtures involves only a few mouse
clicks.
In all examples here, we assume that material properties, external
forces, and supports are known with certainty, and that the way they are
defined in the model represents an acceptable idealization of real
conditions. However, we need to emphasize that it is the responsibility
of the user of the FEA software to determine if all those idealized
assumptions made during the creation of the mathematical model are
indeed acceptable. The best automesher and the fastest solver do not
help if the mathematical model submitted for analysis with FEA is
based on erroneous assumptions.
Meshing
The last step before processing the FEA model is to mesh the geometry.
In this step, the geometry will be divided into finite elements by an
automesher. While the automesher will take care of the tedious part of
the problem, we have input into the process to control the size and
quality of the mesh.
Standard Mesh
This mesh type was the first developed
for SOLIDWORKS Simulation and
makes use of Voronoi-Delaunay
meshing scheme. However, when
representing small features and curved
geometries the mesh can experience
large aspect ratios or failure. When a
symmetrical mesh is required, this mesh type is ideal.
Curvature Based
Mesh
The curvature based mesh algorithm
generates a mesh with a variable
element size that allows the accurate
resolution of small features in the
geometry. The curvature based mesher
supports multi-threading and is often
regarded as the fastest mesher. This
mesh can result in large aspect ratios.
Blended Curvature
Based Mesh
This mesher is the slowest of the three.
However, models which produce large
aspect ratios or failure from the
curvature based mesher can often be
resolved with this mesher. This mesher
does not support multi-threading or
adaptive techniques.
279
Fund3D.book Page 280 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Mesh Density
SOLIDWORKS Simulation will suggest medium mesh density as the
default that SOLIDWORKS Simulation will use for meshing our
model. Mesh density directly affects the accuracy of results. The
smaller the elements, the lower the discretization errors, but the longer
the meshing and solution times.
Element Sizes
The element size represents the characteristic element size in the mesh
and is defined as the diameter of a sphere circumscribing the element
(on the left in the following figure). This representation is easier to
illustrate with the 2-D analogy of a circle circumscribing a triangle (on
the right in the following figure).
h
Because the curvature based mesh algorithm generates a mesh with a
variable element size, the Maximum element size and Minimum
element size define how big and small the elements are. These
parameters are established automatically, based on the geometric
features of the SOLIDWORKS model.
SOLIDWORKS Simulation uses the units of length specified in the
SOLIDWORKS model for the element size. Remember, however, that
we can enter analysis data and analyze results in any one of three unit
systems: SI, Metric and English.
Minimum Number
of Elements in a
Circle
280
The Min number of elements in a circle
defines how the small features in the
geometry will be resolved. For example, if
the model had a hole, the number of elements
in a circle will define how many elements
will surround that circle. In the image to the
right, we have defined a minimum of 10
elements to surround the hole.
Fund3D.book Page 281 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Ratio
The ratio is used to define the transition of the mesh from the
Minimum element size to the Maximum element size.
The Ratio parameter specifies the ratio between element sizes in
consecutive transitional element layers. In our case, the default Ratio is
used.
The following shows the use of this option.
a)
Minimum element
size = 0.1 mm
Maximum element
size = 1mm
Ratio = 2.0
b)
Minimum element
size = 0.1 mm
Maximum element
size = 1mm
Ratio = 1.1
Tip
In the majority of analyses with SOLIDWORKS Simulation, the
default mesh settings produce a mesh that provides acceptable
discretization errors while keeping solution times reasonably short.
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Simulation > Run This Study >

Create Mesh
Menu: Simulation, Mesh, Create
Shortcut Menu: Right-click Mesh and click Create Mesh

15 Generate the mesh.
Click Create Mesh
.
281
Fund3D.book Page 282 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
16 Set the mesh properties.
Expand Mesh Parameters and select
Curvature based mesh.
Expand all the sections of the
PropertyManager to see all the available
choices.
The default mesh density will have the slider at
mid-scale. Under Mesh Parameters, the
Maximum element size and Minimum
element size of the mesh is shown as 5.72453
mm [0.2254 in], the Min number of elements
in a circle is 8, and the Element size growth
ratio is 1.4. For the initial analysis, we will use
the default settings.
Mesh Quality
There are two available element types; first-order (Draft) and secondorder (High quality). Each body within an analysis is assigned an
element type, and the default specification is High quality elements.
There are two ways to assign element types to bodies - through the
Simulation tree, and the Mesh dialogue.
The Simulation tree provides insights into the element type assigned to
Where to Find It
bodies. A curvy edge tetrahedral
indicates High quality elements,
while a straight edge tetrahedral
indicates Draft quality.

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a body and click Apply Draft
or Apply High Quality Mesh
Within the Mesh Command: Click the Mesh Quality tab
Quality Mesh

282
Fund3D.book Page 283 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
17 Set mesh quality.
Click the Mesh Quality tab.
The rectangular hollow plate body is specified
as High Quality
to be.
Click OK
which is where we want it
to generate the mesh.
The mesh appears after mesh
generation is completed.
The Mesh icon in the
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Study
tree window now displays a green
check mark to indicate that meshing
has been successfully completed.
Note
We named this study default analysis with the intention of using the
default mesh size. Later on in this lesson the problem will be solved
again with coarse and fine meshes.
Display/Hide Mesh
Mesh visibility can be controlled by right-clicking Mesh, and then
doing one of the following:


Select Hide Mesh.
Select Show Mesh.
283
Fund3D.book Page 284 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Processing
Once the preprocessing operations are complete, the study is ready to
be run. This stage is known as processing. In the processing stage,
matrices are obtained from the preprocessing operations which describe
the stiffness of the structure as well as the loads on the structure. These
matrices are then combined to obtain the response of the structure. The
response of the structure is what is then analyzed in the postprocessing
stage of the analysis.
Where to Find It

CommandManager: Simulation > Run This Study >

Run This Study
Menu: Simulation, Run, Run

Shortcut Menu: Right-click on
the study name and click Run
18 Run the analysis.
Click Run
.
You can monitor or pause the
solution in the solver window
while the analysis is running.
Postprocessing
After the analysis is complete, SOLIDWORKS Simulation
automatically creates the Results folder with the default results plots
that we specified at the beginning of the lesson: Stress1 (-vonMises-),
Displacement1 (-Res disp-), and Strain1 (-Equivalent-).
Result Plots
Each result plot can be displayed by doing
one of the following:

Double-click the desired plot icon
(Stress1, for example).

Right-click the desired plot icon
(Stress1, for example) and select Show
under any folder.
While a plot is active (appears in the model
window) you can right-click the plot icon
again to examine the plot control options.
284
Fund3D.book Page 285 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
19 Show and edit Stress1 (-vonMises-) plot.
Double-click on Stress1 (-vonMises-) under the Results folder to
display the plot.
Notice that the stress plot is in Mega-pascals (N/mm^2) units and the
legend features scientific numbers with six digits, just as we requested
in the Options at the beginning of the lesson.
Observe the maximum value of Von Mises stress is 408 MPa, which
significantly exceeds the yield stress of the material, 206 MPa,
indicated by the red marker in following the chart.
Editing Plots
To edit a plot, right-click on the plot and
select Edit definition
.
The Display dialog lets you specify a stress
component, units, and the type of plot.
The Advanced Options dialog lets you
choose to plot either Node or Element
values which is discussed below.
The Show as tensor plot option lets users
plot the orientation as well as the
magnitudes of the principal stresses (shown
in the discussion below).
The Deformed Shape dialog lets the user
specify the deformation scale for the plot.
Automatic (default), True scale, and User
Defined scale options are available.
285
Fund3D.book Page 286 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Nodal vs. Element
Stresses
The following figures show the nodal and elemental values of the Von
Mises stress for our model.
Node Values
Element Values
The stress plot that displays Nodal values appears “smooth”, while the
stress plot that displays Element values appears “rough”.
To understand the reasons for these different appearances, we need to
explain the differences between nodal and element stresses.
During the solution process, in each element, stress results are
calculated at certain locations called Gauss points. First order
tetrahedral elements (draft quality) have one Gauss point in their
volume. Second order tetrahedral elements have four Gauss points.
First order shell elements have one Gauss point. Second order shell
elements have three Gauss points.
286
Fund3D.book Page 287 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Nodal Values
Stresses in Gauss points can be extrapolated
to element nodes. Most often, one node is
shared by several elements, and each
element reports different stresses at the
shared node. Reported values from all
adjacent elements are then averaged to
obtain a single value. This method of stress
averaging produces averaged (or nodal)
stress results.
Element Values
Alternately, the stress values from all Gauss points within each element
can be averaged to report a single elemental stress. Although these
stresses are averaged between Gauss points, they are called nonaveraged stresses (or element stresses) because the averaging is done
internally within the same element only.
Element stresses and nodal stresses are always different, but too large a
difference indicates that the mesh is not sufficiently refined in that
location. See the exercise Exercise 29: Bracket on page 309 for the
practical use of these quantities.
Show as Tensor
Plot Option
This plot type helps visualize the directions as well as the magnitudes
of the principal stresses P1, P2, and P3. Due to the considerable
differences in magnitudes between these stress values, one must zoom
in substantially to see all three arrows.
Average stresses
at mid-nodes
This stress averaging method improves the calculation of stresses at
mid-side nodes for High-quality tetrahedral elements with high aspect
ratios.
287
Fund3D.book Page 288 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Modifying Result
Plots
The Results plots can be modified in several ways to suit your needs.
There are three primary functions to control the content, units, display
and annotations of the plots.

Edit Definition
Edit Definition controls the definition of the result and units to be
displayed. For example, the definition of a stress plot could be
changed to display principal stress as opposed to von Mises stress.

Chart Options
Chart Options control the annotations. Options include which
annotations are shown as well as the color, type of units (scientific,
floating, general) and the number of decimal places shown in the
legend. The position of the legend and titles can also be adjusted.

Settings
Settings are used to control the display of the model.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a plot and select Edit Definition
Select Definition, Chart Options or Settings tab.

Shortcut Menu: Right-click a plot and select either
Edit Definition
, Chart Options
.
or Settings
20 Modify the chart.
Right-click Stress1 (-vonMises-) and select Chart Options
.
Check Show min annotation and Show max annotation boxes to
show the markers in the plot.
Clear Automatically defined maximum value and enter the yield
strength value of 206.8 MPa for AISI 304.
Click Specify color for values above maximum value.
Click the Dropper
over 206.8 MPa.
. Specify a black color to represent stress values
Note that you can also modify the color options.
288
Fund3D.book Page 289 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Click OK
Note
to save new settings.
The black regions on the plot indicate the regions where stress exceed
the yield point.
21 Modify settings of stress plot.
Right-click on Stress1 (-vonMises-) and
select Settings
.
Explore the Fringe, Boundary, and
Deformed Plot Options in this dialog.
Click OK
.
289
Fund3D.book Page 290 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
22 Automatic maximum stress.
Double-click on the legend of the von
Mises stress plot to get into Chart
Options.
Unselect both annotation options.
Check Automatically defined maximum
value to change back to the automatically
defined stress range.
Click OK
.
Other Plot
Controls
There are several other plot types available to display specific results of
the analysis.
Introducing: Section
Plot
Section plots allow a cutting plane to be positioned at any point in the
model and the plotted results shown at the plane location.
Where to Find It


Menu: Simulation, Result Tools, Section Clipping
Shortcut Menu: Right-click an existing plot and select
Section Clipping
Introducing: Iso
Plots
Iso plots show that part of a model where the plotted parameter is a
certain value or between certain values.
Where to Find It


Menu: Simulation, Result Tools, Iso Clipping
Shortcut Menu: Right-click an existing plot and select Iso Clipping
Introducing: Probe
A probe allows you to select a point or points on the model and display
the plot parameter in both tabular and plotted form.
Where to Find It


290
Menu: Simulation, Result Tools, Probe
Shortcut Menu: Right-click a plot and select Probe
Fund3D.book Page 291 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
23 Create section plot.
Click Section Clipping
.
From the SOLIDWORKS fly-out menu, select Right plane as a
Reference entity.
Students are encouraged to explore all the options and parameters in the
Section dialog. Note that the user can also drag the triad to easily move
the cut plane through the model.
Use Reverse Clipping Direction
Click Clipping On/Off
Click OK
to control the cutting direction.
to disable the section plot.
to close the Section dialog.
291
Fund3D.book Page 292 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
24 Create Iso plot.
Suppose that we wish to display portions of the
model where the von Mises stress is between 170
MPa and 275 MPa.
Click Iso Clipping
. This opens the
Iso Clipping PropertyManager.
In the Iso value box, under the Iso1 dialog, enter
275 N/mm^2 [MPa] [39,886 psi].
Check Iso 2 and in the Iso value box, enter
170 N/mm^2 [MPa] [24,657 psi].
The black arrows on the stress legend indicate the values defined for
the two iso surfaces.
Experiment with the Iso Clipping window options using different
numbers of iso surfaces and different cutting directions.
Use Reverse Clipping Direction
Click Clipping On/Off
Click OK
292
to control the cutting direction.
to disable the section plot.
to close the Iso Clipping dialog.
Fund3D.book Page 293 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
25 Probe stress results.
Click Probe
.
Using the pointer, click the desired locations on the plot. It helps to
zoom in on the area.
The stress results are listed in the Results dialog table and in the plot at
the selected locations.
Select points
in this direction
Under Report Option, you can save the results in a file, plot the pathgraph, or save the locations as sensors. (Sensors are discussed in detail
later on in the class.)
293
Fund3D.book Page 294 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Click Plot
.
The figure above shows a Von Mises stress path plot for the selected
locations.
Click OK
.
26 View displacement plot.
Double-click the Displacement1 (-Res disp-).
The post processing features that we practiced in the case of Stress1
(-vonMises-) are applicable to all other result quantities, such as
Displacement.
The displacement shows a maximum resultant displacement of
0.1435 mm [0.00565 in].
294
Fund3D.book Page 295 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Note
We record the displacement result with 6 digits only to practice the plot
options and to compare results from studies with different meshes. The
uncertainties and simplifying assumptions used to create the model do
not justify this accuracy.
27 Superimpose undeformed shape.
Right-click on Displacement1(-Res disp-)
and select Settings
.
Select Superimpose model on the deformed
shape. You can also adjust the transparency of
the undeformed image.
Click OK
.
28 Animate displacement plot.
To animate the displacement
plot, right-click on
Displacement1(-Res disp-)
and select Animate.
In the Animation PropertyManager you can
start and stop the animation, set the number of
frames, control the speed, and save the
animation as an *.avi file.
Try the options of the animation feature.
Click OK
.
295
Fund3D.book Page 296 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
29 Plot strain results.
Double-click the Strain1 (-Equivalent-) plot icon to show the plot.
Note that strain results are dimensionless.
Strain results are shown as non-averaged (element values) by default as
opposed to stress results, which are shown as averaged (node values)
by default.
Examine the strain plot showing Element Values.
To review the averaged strain plot, right-click Strain1 (-Equivalent-)
and select Edit Definition
Advanced Options.
Click OK
296
.
, and then select Node Values under
Fund3D.book Page 297 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Other Plots
There are several other postprocessing quantities available to view at
the end of the analysis.
Introducing: Stress
Plot
Stress Plots are used to analyze various components of stress such as
principal stresses and directional stresses. The von Mises stress is the
default stress plot.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click the Results folder and select
Define Stress Plot

CommandManager: Simulation > Results Advisor >
New Plot > Stress
Introducing:
Displacement Plot
Displacement Plots are used to analyze directional components of
displacement.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click the Results folder and select

Define Displacement Plot
CommandManager: Simulation > Results Advisor >
New Plot > Displacement
Introducing: Factor
of Safety Plot
A Factor of Safety Plot shows the safety of a design based on the
design strength of the material (typically the yield strength).
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click the Results folder and select

Define Factor of Safety Plot
CommandManager: Simulation > Results Advisor >
New Plot > Factor of Safety
Introducing: Fatigue
Check Plot
The Fatigue Check Plot serves as a quick indicator if the fatigue may be
of any concern in the design of the component.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click the Results folder and select
Define Fatigue Check Plot
Important!
The fatigue check plot is only available if you have Simulation
Professional.
297
Fund3D.book Page 298 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
30 Plot Fatigue Check Plot.
Click Define Fatigue Check Plot
.
Set the Loading type to On/Off Loading to
indicate that the Tensile force may oscillate
between 0 and 110,000 N.
Set the Surface Finish Factor to Machined.
Keep the Loading Factor and Size Factor at
their default values.
Under Material keep the Scale this value and
Minimum safety factor fields at their default
values of 1.
Click OK
.
The areas in red indicate potential fatigue problems.
Note
298
If fatigue appears to be a concern, a more precise fatigue analysis
should be considered. Analyses such as these are often performed using
the SOLIDWORKS Simulation Professional fatigue module.
Fund3D.book Page 299 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
31 Define P1: 1st Principal Stress plot.
Click Define Stress Plot
.
Select P1: 1st Principal Stress as the stress
component, keep all other default options,
and click OK
.
We observe that the maximum value of the 1st principal stress, 416 MPa
[60,304 psi], is very close to the maximum value of the Von Mises
stress, 408 MPa [59,218 psi]. This is because the specified Tensile
load is the only dominant load component resulting in predominantly
tensile stress along the longitudinal direction of the plate.
299
Fund3D.book Page 300 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Multiple Studies
We have completed the analysis of rectangular hollow plate with the
default mesh and now wish to see how a change in mesh density affects
the results. For this reason, we will repeat the analysis two more times
using both coarser and finer density meshes.
To repeat the analysis with coarsened mesh, we can create a new mesh
while still in the default analysis study, but this action would
overwrite the old results.
To preserve the results of the study, we will create a new study, coarse
analysis. Creating a new study can be done in several ways.
Creating New
Studies
New studies can be created in one of two ways:

Create a new study from scratch.

Copying an existing study. Right-click the tab for the study you
want to duplicate and click Copy Study.
When we copy a study, SOLIDWORKS Simulation displays the
Copy Study window. This will allow us to name the duplicated study
and choose the model configuration to use.
Copy Parameters
When we create a new study, we can copy material, fixtures and
external forces from existing studies rather than recreating them in the
new study. To copy parameters, drag the parameter from the Simulation
Study tree to the tab of the new study.
Note
When a study is copied, the study settings, Fixtures, External Forces,
Mesh, and the study results will be copied as well.
32 Copy the study.
Right-click the default analysis tab and click
Copy Study.
Type coarse analysis for the study name. The
model only has one configuration, so we cannot
change it.
Click OK
300
.
Fund3D.book Page 301 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
33 Draft Quality Mesh.
Right-click the rectangular hollow plate body from the Simulation tree
and click Apply Draft Quality Mesh
Note
.
Warnings appear in the Simulation tree once draft quality has been
assigned to the body, indicating that the study is now out of date.
34 Create new mesh in coarse analysis study.
In the coarse analysis study, right-click Mesh and select
Create Mesh
.
Select Curvature based mesh under
Mesh Parameters.
Move the Mesh Factor slider all the way to
the left. The Maximum element size should
read 11.4491 mm [0.4508 in].
Click OK
.
The generated mesh is displayed below.
Note
The mesh is orange to indicate draft quality, and without the curvature
created by mid-side nodes, the hole appears tessellated. Additionally,
there is only one element across the thickness of the part; in the default
analysis, there were two elements. Later, we will discuss why this sort
of mesh is not acceptable for reliable analysis results.
301
Fund3D.book Page 302 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
35 Display mesh details.
Having created the mesh, we can
access the detailed mesh
information by right-clicking
Mesh and selecting Details.
The same detailed information
can of course be displayed for the
“old” mesh in the default
analysis study.
Many of the items in this list will
be discussed in later lessons.
36 Run the analysis.
37 View displacement and stress results.
Record the maximum displacement (0.138 mm / 0.00545 in) and the
maximum von Mises stress (247 Mpa / 35,824 psi).
Note
All plot settings remain the same as the default analysis study
because the plot definitions are copied from that study.
38 Re-run the analysis with fine mesh.
Repeat step 32 to copy the default analysis study. Name the new
study, fine analysis.
Ensure the mesh uses High Quality
elements.
Click Create Mesh
. When re-generating the mesh, move the slider
all the way to the right. The Maximum element size should read
2.86227 mm [0.1127 in].
Click OK
.
The fine mesh generated
using the above settings is
shown to the right.
Notice that we now have
several elements in the
through-thickness
direction. You will later
learn that this mesh is
acceptable for reliable
analysis results.
Click Run
302
.
Fund3D.book Page 303 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
39 View displacement and stress results.
Record the maximum displacement (0.144 mm / 0.00567 in) and the
maximum von Mises stress (413 Mpa / 59,968 psi).
Check
Convergence and
Accuracy
Now we must collect information from all of the studies (default,
coarse and fine analysis) to compare the displacement and
maximum von Mises stress results for the various mesh refinements.
We can determine the maximum displacement and the maximum von
Mises stress results in plots.
We must also determine the number of elements and the number of
nodes in each mesh. These can be found in the Mesh Details window
of each respective mesh.
Finally, we must determine the number of degrees of freedom (DOF) in
each model. To calculate this number, we could count the number of
unconstrained nodes by subtracting the number of nodes on the
constrained face from the number nodes reported in mesh details. Then
we could multiply this number by three because each node in a solid
element mesh has 3 DOF. An easier method, however, is to right-click
the Results folder in each study and select Solver Messages
(see below).
40 View solver messages.
Right-click on Results and
choose Solver Messages. Note
the number of elements, nodes,
and degrees of freedom.
303
Fund3D.book Page 304 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Results Summary
The summary of the results produced by the three studies is shown in
the following table:
Mesh
density
Max.
displacement
[mm]
Max. von
Mises stress
[MPa]
Number
of DOF
Number
of
elements
Number
of nodes
coarse
analysis
.1383833
248.293
1,218
1,168
424
default
analysis
.1434826
407.780
44,409
8,760
14,968
fine
analysis
.1435227
413.467
315,594
69,584
105,851
Note that all of the results of this table pertain to the same problem. The
only difference is in the mesh density. You may find small differences
between your own results and those presented in this table. This is due
to service pack upgrades, etc. Having noted that the maximum
displacement increases with mesh refinement, we can conclude that the
model becomes less stiff (or softer) when the number of degrees of
freedom increases. In our case, by selecting second order elements, we
impose the assumption that the displacement field in each element is
described by second order polynomial functions.
With mesh refinement, the displacement field in each element is still
described by second order polynomial functions; however, the larger
number of elements makes it possible to approximate the real
displacement and stress fields more accurately.
We can say that the artificial constraints resulting from element
definition become less imposing with mesh refinement. Displacements
are always the primary unknowns in FEA, and stresses are calculated
based on displacement results. Therefore, stresses also increase with
mesh refinement. If we continued with mesh refinement, we would see
both displacement and stress results converge to a finite value. This
limit is the solution of the mathematical model. Differences between
the solution of the FEA model and the solution of the mathematical
model are due to discretization error. Discretization error diminishes
with mesh refinement.
The process of consecutive mesh refinements that we have completed
is called the convergence process. Its objective is to determine the
impact of our discretization choices (element size) on the data of
interest, which, in this lesson, are the maximum resultant displacements
and the maximum von Mises stress.
304
Fund3D.book Page 305 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
Comparison with
Analytical Results
An infinitely long rectangular hollow plate under a tensile load
possesses an analytical solution [1]. We compare FEA results with
analytical results.
W, D and T denote plate width (100 mm), hole diameter (40 mm) and
plate thickness (10 mm). P is the tensile load 110,000 N or 24,729 lb.
For comparison with analytical results, it is more convenient to use the
SI system because the SOLIDWORKS model have been defined in
mm.
n is the normal stress in the cross section where the hole is located, Kn
is the stress concentration factor, and max is the maximum principal
stress.
P
110000
 n = ---------------------------- = ----------------------------------- = 183.33MPa
 W – D xT
 100 – 40 x10
2
3
K n = 3 – 3.13  ----- + 3.66  ----- – 1.53  ----- = 2.23568
D
W
D
W
D
W
 max = K n x n = 183.33   2.23568  = 409.87MPa
Review the P1: 1st principal stress plot for study default analysis.
The maximum value reached 415.59 MPa, which corresponds to
approximately 60.3 ksi.
Therefore, the difference is:
NumericalSolutions – THEORY
415.59 – 409.87
difference = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = --------------------------------------- = 1.43
NumericalSolutions
415.59
The difference of 1.43% between the SOLIDWORKS Simulation
result and the analytical solution does not necessarily mean that the
SOLIDWORKS Simulation result is worse and has a 1.43% error.
We must be very careful in how we compare these results. Note that the
analytical solution is valid only for a very thin plate where a plane
stress condition is assumed. SOLIDWORKS Simulation calculates a
solution for a 3D model with substantial thickness (10 mm) and
accounts for realistic stress distribution across the plate thickness.
SOLIDWORKS Simulation also takes into consideration the fact that
the plate has a finite length (200 mm) rather that an infinite one, as the
analytical solution does.
Furthermore, detailed inspection of the stress results show the stress
gradient across the plate thickness, which is not accounted for in the
analytical model. Thus, we can conclude that SOLIDWORKS
Simulation provides more detailed stress information than the
analytical solution.
305
Fund3D.book Page 306 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Reports
Results may need to be recorded in report form for review, presentation
or archive purposes.
Reports can be published in Microsoft Word format. Different sections
can be added to the report from a list of predefined commonly used
topics. The default settings for the Reports can be found in the
Simulation, Options menu.
Predefined sections include:








Description
Model Information
Units
Loads and Fixtures
Contact Information
Sensor Details
Beams
Conclusion








Assumptions
Study Properties
Material Properties
Connector Definitions
Mesh Information
Resultant Forces
Study Results
Appendix
To edit the content of a section, select the section in the Included
sections and fill in the appropriate section properties.
Where to Find It



Menu: Simulation, Report
Simulation Toolbar: Click Report
CommandManager: Simulation > Report
41 Generate report in Microsoft Word format.
Click Report
306
.
Fund3D.book Page 307 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 7
The Analysis Process
42 Add sections.
Under Report sections, select the required report parts. (For example,
you could deselect the option Contact Information, as we do not have
any in this analysis.)
Enter your Header information and click Publish.
43 Examine the report.
Open the report in Microsoft Word and examine the results.
44 Save and Close the file.
307
Fund3D.book Page 308 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 7
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
The Analysis Process
Summary
We used a simple model of a hollow rectangular plate to introduce the
SOLIDWORKS Simulation interface and, at the same time, to go
through all major steps in the FEA process.
We created multiple studies to execute a linear static analysis with three
different meshes.
While preparing models for analysis and examining results obtained
with different meshes, we introduced the concept of modeling error and
discretization error.
This first lesson was intended to provide an understanding of FEA
methodology and the software skills necessary to complete the lessons
that follow.
References
1. Young and Budynas, Roark’s Formulas for Stress and Strain, 7th
Edition.
Questions

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
308
The preprocessing stage of the FEA includes the following steps:
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________
_________________________________________________

The density of finite element mesh (does / does not) have
considerable impact on the analysis results.

In general, we would favor (finer / coarser) meshes to obtain
reliable analysis results. Therefore, the time required to solve the
analysis will (increase / decrease), but this is an unavoidable
consequence.
Ultimately, we will try to design optimum meshes providing
reasonable accuracy levels and resulting in acceptable run times.

The primary unknown in finite element analysis is (displacements /
strains / stresses). This quantity is therefore the most accurate.

The accuracy levels of (displacements / strains / stresses) and
(displacements / strains / stresses) are approximately the same, but
significantly worse than that of (displacements / strains / stresses).
Therefore, to obtain good (displacement / strain / stress) results, the
mesh must be reasonably fine.

(Refining / Coarsening) the mesh results in solutions approaching
the analytical solution of a mathematical model.
Fund3D.book Page 309 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 29
Bracket
Exercise 29:
Bracket
In this first exercise, you will analyze a simple part with a single
restraint and one external force.
This exercise reinforces the following skills:





Problem
Statement
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Options on page 264
Fixtures on page 271
External Loads on page 274
Meshing on page 279
Multiple Studies on page 300
The aluminum part of an
assembly will be analyzed for its
maximum stresses and
displacements. The part is bolted
to the rest of the assembly
through the two bolt holes, as
indicated in the figure. The part
is then subjected to a normal
force of 500 N, applied to the counter bored face.
1
Open a part file.
Open Bracket from the Lesson01\Exercises folder.
2
Specify SOLIDWORKS Simulation options.
Click Options from the Simulation menu.
Bolt holes
Select the Default Options tab, specify SI (MKS) as the Unit System
for this analysis. In the Units dialog, set the Length/Displacement and
Pressure/Stress fields to mm and N/mm2 (MPa), respectively.
309
Fund3D.book Page 310 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 29
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bracket
The following default results plots are generated after each static study
is completed: nodal von Mises stress and resultant displacement.
Right-click on the Static Study Results folder and select
Add New Plot. Add an additional result plot for the nodal
P1: 1st principal stress be generated as a default result plot.
3
Number format.
Select Color chart. Select
Scientific and 2 decimal places.
4
Define a static study.
Create a new static study named stress analysis.
5
Apply material properties.
Click Apply/Edit Material
.
Specify Aluminum 1060 Alloy from the SOLIDWORKS materials
library.
Click Apply and Close.
310
Fund3D.book Page 311 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 29
Bracket
6
Apply Fixtures.
Click Fixed Geometry
.
Apply the fixture to the faces as shown in the figure below.
Click OK
.
This restraint simulates the way this part is attached to the rest of the
assembly.
Fixed Geometry fixtures are used in this exercise to model the bolted
connections mounting the bracket to the other parts of the larger
assembly. Also, the presence of the other parts to which this bracket is
attached is ignored in this exercise.
You will learn in the later lessons that more accurate and elegant
methods and features exist to simulate these conditions.
7
Apply external load.
Click Force
.
Select the inner face as
indicated in the diagram and
specify the direction of the
load as Normal to the selected
face with a Force Value of
500 N.
Click OK
.
311
Fund3D.book Page 312 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 29
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bracket
8
Mesh.
Click Create Mesh
.
Specify a Curvature-based mesh with default element sizes.
Click OK
9
.
Run the study.
10 Plot stress results.
We observe that the maximum von Mises stress in the model is
approximately 36.1 MPa, which is above the yield strength of the 1060
Aluminum Alloy (27.6 MPa).
312
Fund3D.book Page 313 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 29
Bracket
11 Principal stress.
The distribution of the P1: 1st principal stress indicates a maximum
value of approximately 33 MPa. This value corresponds to the
maximum tensile stress in the part (maximum compressive stress
where the value is negative).
12 Probe von Mises stress on the fillet.
Later in the course you will learn that the
fixtures may result in stress intensifications
which are not real. For this reason, we will
focus our attention to the filleted region
between the horizontal and vertical bosses on
the part.
Click Stress1.
Click Probe
.
313
Fund3D.book Page 314 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 29
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bracket
Select On selected entities, then pick the seven faces of the fillet
between the two bosses.
Click Update.
Probing the results on selected faces we see that the maximum stress at
this stress concentration region is 30.3 MPa, which is slightly above the
yield strength of 27.6 MPa.
314
Fund3D.book Page 315 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 29
Bracket
13 Plot displacement results.
We observe the maximum resultant displacement of approximately
0.068 mm [0.0027 in].
Coarse Mesh and
Element Stress
Are the current results accurate enough? Visual inspection of our finite
element mesh suggests that it may be rather coarse, especially in the
regions where the fillets are present. Furthermore, inspection of the
distribution of the elemental values of the von Mises stress indicates
considerable stress jumps from element-to-element in the higher stress
concentration areas.
We will repeat the analysis with finer mesh.
315
Fund3D.book Page 316 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 29
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bracket
14 Create new static study.
Copy the study stress analysis as a new study named
stress analysis - refined.
The folders Fixtures, External Loads, Parts, Mesh, and Results will
be copied into the new study as well.
15 Create fine mesh.
Slide the Mesh Density slider all the way to the right which will result
in an Maximum element size of 2.198 mm and a
Minimum element size of 0.733 mm.
The resulting mesh shows significantly improved mapping of the
model geometry.
16 Run the study.
316
Fund3D.book Page 317 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 29
Bracket
17 Plot stress results.
We now observe that the maximum von Mises stress increased from
36.1 MPa to 41.9 MPa, which is above the material yield strength of the
27.6 MPa. This translates to a difference of nearly 16%. However, if we
examine the plot, we will see that the maximum stress is at the sharp
corner of the bolt holes. We will discuss this further in the next lesson.
18 Probe stress on the fillet.
Using the identical procedure described in step 12 probe the stress
results on the filleted geometries.
The maximum von Mises stress on the fillet increased from 30.3 MPa
to 31.3 MPa (a 3.3% change). With both studies, the stress is still above
the yield strength but is not significantly different. We can conclude
that the mesh refinement confirmed the validity of our simulation, and
our results are converged. (In other studies, reducing the size of the
mesh may change the stress significantly.)
317
Fund3D.book Page 318 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 29
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Bracket
19 Plot displacement results.
The plot shows that the maximum displacement resultant increased
from 0.0683 mm to 0.0685 mm; a difference of less than 1 %.
20 Delete plot.
The plot created in step 2 on
page 309 will be propagated to all
future simulations unless it is deleted.
Click Options from the Simulation
menu.
Right-click Plot4 and click Delete.
Click OK.
21 Save and Close the file.
318
Fund3D.book Page 319 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 29
Bracket
Summary
In this exercise, we practiced the basic setup of the linear static study as
well as the post processing features available in SOLIDWORKS
Simulation. We observed that the mesh quality has a significant impact
on the results (especially the stress results). While the deviation in the
resultant displacements obtained from the two studies was 1 %, the
deviation for maximum von Mises stresses was nearly 18 % (often the
difference in stresses is much greater). The greater difference in the
maximum stresses is attributed to the following two phenomena:

Displacements are the primary unknown in the finite element
analysis and, as such, will always be significantly more accurate
than strains and stresses. A relatively coarse mesh is sufficient for
satisfactory displacement results, while significantly finer mesh is
generally required for satisfactory stress results.

The extreme values of the stresses occur in the vicinity of the
fixture where the stresses often assume unrealistically high values.
This is a subject studied in the next lesson. The stresses at the
filleted regions reported in both studies were closer in their
magnitudes with a negligible difference. Finer meshes are required
in filleted regions as stress results are of importance to us.
319
Fund3D.book Page 320 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 30
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Compressive Spring Stiffness
Exercise 30:
Compressive
Spring Stiffness
In this exercise, we will use SOLIDWORKS
Simulation to determine the compressive
stiffness of a coil spring.
This exercise reinforces the following skills:





Procedure
New Study on page 268
Fixtures on page 271
External Loads on page 274
Meshing on page 279
Result Plots on page 284
The stiffness of the helical spring can be determined as follows:
1
Open a part file.
Open spring from Lesson01\Exercises folder.
For convenient application of fixtures and external loads, disks have
been added to both ends of the spring. The distance between the disks
corresponds to the active length of the uncompressed spring.
Note
2
Set SOLIDWORKS Simulation options.
Set the system of Units to SI (MKS) and the units of Length and
Stress to mm and N/m2 (Pa).
3
Static Study Results.
Ensure the Default Plots are set to create plots for Nodal von Mises
Stress, Resultant Displacement, and Elemental Equivalent Strain.
4
Create study.
Create a Static study named spring stiffness.
5
Review material properties.
The material properties (Alloy Steel) are transferred from
SOLIDWORKS.
6
320
Apply Fixed restraint.
Apply a Fixed Geometry fixture to the end face of one disk (item 1).
Fund3D.book Page 321 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 30
Compressive Spring Stiffness
7
Apply radial restraint.
Use an advanced fixture to apply a restraint in
the radial direction to the cylindrical face of the
other disk (item 2).
This restraint only allows the spring to be
compressed (or expanded) in its axial direction
and to rotate about the longitudinal axis.
2
1
8
Apply compressive force.
Apply a 0.1 N compressive force to the end face of the disk with the
cylindrical face constrained in the radial direction.
9
Mesh the model and run the analysis.
Select Curvature based mesh under Mesh Parameters.
Use the default Maximum element size and Minimum element size
of 2.787 mm and 0.557 mm, respectively.
10 Run the study.
321
Fund3D.book Page 322 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 30
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Compressive Spring Stiffness
11 Plot z displacements.
Displacement results indicate an axial displacement of 0.426 mm. The
axial displacement is in the z direction.
Coil Spring Axial
Stiffness
The axial stiffness of the spring can be calculated as 234.7 N/m.
(k = f/x).
We use this result to define the spring connector in later lessons using
the equation f= kx, where k=234.7 N/m.
Alternately, we could use an approximate formula for the stiffness of a
helical spring (Mechanical Vibrations by S. S. Rao, 1995).
4
Gd
K Axial = -------------3
8nD
where:




G is the material shear modulus
d is the diameter of the wire
D is the mean coil diameter
n is the number of active turns
Substituting our values (n = 8.75, d = 1 mm, D = 17 mm, and G =
7.9e10 Pa) into the above formula gives an axial stiffness of
approximately 230 N/m. This result is very close to our actual result of
234.7 N/m.
12 Save and Close the file.
322
Fund3D.book Page 323 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Exercise 31
Container Handle
Exercise 31:
Container
Handle
In this exercise, you will
assess the safety of the waste
container handle.
This exercise reinforces the
following skills:





New Study on page 268
Fixtures on page 271
External Loads on
page 274
Meshing on page 279
Result Plots on page 284
Base plates
Handle
Problem
Description
The handle is used to attach the hook of the winch when loading the
container on the rails of the transporting truck. The entire container is
manufactured from AISI 304 steel. The handle is welded (double-sided
fillet weld) to the two square base plates located symmetrically on both
sides. The diameter of the handle is 30mm; the thickness of the steel
plates is 5mm. Apply the most suitable fixtures to simulate the
connection between the handle and the steel plates.
Loading
Conditions
In the most extreme loading situation,
when the container is pulled onto the
truck rails, the handle is loaded by a
3000 N force inclined at 15 degrees.
The force should be applied on the
circular split face indicated in the figure above.
The geometry of the handle
structure with the base plates is
shown in the figure to the right.
Goal
Decide whether the design of this handle is safe. Pay attention to the
most appropriate representation of the fixture.
The part for this exercise is located in the Lesson01\Exercises
folder.
323
Fund3D.book Page 324 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 31
Container Handle
324
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Fund3D.book Page 325 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
Introduction to
Motion Simulation
and Forces
Objectives
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Use Assembly Motion to animate the motion of a car jack
assembly.

Use SOLIDWORKS Motion to simulate physical behavior of the
car jack and determine the torque required to lift a vehicle.
325
Fund3D.book Page 326 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Basic Motion
Analysis
In this lesson, we will perform a basic motion analysis using
SOLIDWORKS Motion to simulate the weight of a vehicle on the jack
and determine the torque required to lift it. Engineers can then use this
information to choose the required electric motor to drive the car jack.
Case Study: Car
Jack Analysis
A mechanical jack is a device that lifts heavy equipment. The most
common form is a car jack, floor jack, or garage jack which lifts
vehicles so that maintenance can be performed. Car jacks usually use
mechanical advantage to allow a human to lift a vehicle. More
powerful jacks use hydraulic power to provide more lift over greater
distances. Mechanical jacks are usually rated for a maximum lifting
capacity (e.g., 1.5 tons or 3 tons).
Because this is our first motion analysis, no contact is used and the
tilting motion of the jack is prevented with the help of the mates.
Problem
Description
326
The car jack will be driven at a rate of 100 RPM and will be loaded
with a force of 8,900 N, representing the weight of a vehicle.
Determine the torque and power required to lift the load through the
range of motion of the jack.
Fund3D.book Page 327 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Stages in the
Process

Create a Motion Study.
This will be a new motion study.

Add a rotary motor.
The rotary motor will drive the jack.

Add gravity.
Normal gravity will be added so that the weight of the car jack
components are considered in the calculations.

Add the weight of the car.
The weight of the car will be added as a downward force on the
Support.

Calculate the motion.
The default analysis will run for five seconds but we will increase it
to allow the jack to extend fully.

Plot the results.
We will create various plots to show the torque and power required.
1
Ensure that
SOLIDWORKS Motion is
added in.
Under Tools, Add-ins,
make sure SOLIDWORKS
Motion is checked.
Click OK.
2
Open an assembly file.
Open Car_Jack from the
Lesson08\Case Studies
folder.
327
Fund3D.book Page 328 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
3
Set the document units.
SOLIDWORKS Motion uses the document units set in the
SOLIDWORKS document.
Click Tools, Options, Document Properties, Units.
Select MMGS (millimeter, gram, second) for the Unit system. This
will set our length units to millimeters and force to Newtons.
Click OK.
328
Fund3D.book Page 329 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
4
Change to the Motion Study.
Click on the Motion Study 1 tab that appears at the bottom left-hand
corner of the window. If this tab is not visible, click View,
User Interface, MotionManager.
329
Fund3D.book Page 330 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
5
Activate the Motion Type of Study.
Select Motion Analysis from the list of available study types.
Note
An Animation is used to create animations for illustration purposes. A
Basic Motion analysis can be used to create animations where gravity,
mass and collisions are applied to the parts in the model. Motion
Analysis is a complete rigid body simulation environment used to
obtain numerically accurate, physics based data and animations.
Driving Motion
Motion can be driven by gravity, springs, forces or motors. Each has
different characteristics that can be controlled.
Introducing: Motors
Motors can create either linear, rotary or path dependent motion or
prevent motion. This motion can be defined in a number of different
ways.

Constant Speed
The motor will drive at a constant velocity.

Distance
The motor will move for a fixed distance or degrees.

Oscillating
Oscillating motion is a back and forth motion at a specific distance
at a specified frequency.

Segments
Motion profile is constructed from segments of the most commonly
used functions such as linear, polynomial, half-sine and others.

Data Points
Interpolated motion is driven by a tabular set of values.

Expression
The motor can be driven by a function created from existing
variables and constants.

Servo Motor
The motor used to implement control actions for the event-based
triggered motion.
Where to Find It
330

MotionManager toolbar: Click Motor
Fund3D.book Page 331 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
6
Create a Motor that drives the Screw_rod at 100 RPM.
Click Motor
.
Under Motor Type, select Rotary Motor.
Under Component Direction, select the cylindrical face of the
Screw_rod part as shown in the figure. The Motion Direction field
will automatically populate the same face to specify the direction.
Use the Reverse Direction button to orient the motor (see the figure).
Leave the Component to Move Relative to field empty. This ensures
that the motor direction is specified with respect to the global
coordinate system.
Under Motion, select the Constant speed and enter a value of
100 RPM.
Important!
Make sure that the motor is oriented as shown in the figure.
331
Fund3D.book Page 332 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Click the graph to enlarge in the PropertyManager to view the enlarged
plot.
Close the graph plot.
Click OK
Gravity
.
Gravity is an important quantity when the weight of a part has an
influence on its simulated motion, such as a body in free fall. In
SOLIDWORKS Motion, gravity consists of two components:


Direction of the gravitational vector
Magnitude of the gravitational acceleration
The Gravity Properties allows you to specify the direction and
magnitude of the gravitational vector. You can specify the gravitational
vector by selecting the X, Y and Z direction or by specifying a
reference plane. The magnitude must be entered separately. The default
value for the gravitational vector is Y and the magnitude is
9806.55 mm/sec2 or the equivalent in the currently active units.
Where to Find It

7
MotionManager toolbar: Click Gravity
Apply Gravity to the assembly.
Click Gravity
.
For Gravity Parameters, Direction Reference,
select the Y direction.
Under Numeric gravity value, type in a value of
9806.65 mm/sec^2.
Click OK
332
.
Fund3D.book Page 333 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Forces
Force entities (including both forces and moments) are used to effect
the dynamic behavior of parts and sub-assemblies of a motion model
and are usually a representation of some external effect acting on the
analyzed assembly.
Forces may resist or induce motion, and are defined using similar
functions that are used to define motors (constant, step, function,
expression or interpolated).
Forces in SOLIDWORKS Motion can be divided into two basic
groups:

Action Forces
A single applied force or moment
representing the effect of the external
objects and loadings on the part or subassembly. The weight of the vehicle
applied on the car jack or an
aerodynamic force on the car body are examples of action forces.

Action and Reaction Forces
A pair of forces or moments, both action and corresponding
reaction, are applied on the parts or sub-assemblies.
A spring force could be understood as action and reaction force
because both the forces on both end of the spring are on the same
line of action. Another example would be a person pushing with
his/her arms on the two opposing parts of an assembly. Such a
person can then be represented in the motion analysis by a pair of
two opposing forces of equal magnitude on the same line of action,
i.e. action and reaction forces.
Understanding
Forces
A force can define load or compliance on a part. SOLIDWORKS
Motion provides the following type of forces:
Applied Forces
Applied forces are forces that define loads at specific locations on a
part. You must provide your own description of the force behavior by
specifying a constant force value or a function expression. The applied
forces available in SOLIDWORKS Motion are the applied force,
applied torque, action/reaction force and action/reaction torque.
The orientation of action-only forces can be fixed or relative to the
orientation of any part in the mechanism.
Applied forces are used to model inputs such as actuators, rockets,
aerodynamic loads and many more.
Force Definition
To define a force the following information must be specified:

Part or parts on which the force acts
Point of the force application
Magnitude and direction of the force

MotionManager toolbar: Click Force


Where to Find It
333
Fund3D.book Page 334 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Force Direction
The force direction is based on the reference part
you select in the Force Direction box. An
illustration below gives you the three cases on how
the force direction changes based on the selected
reference parts.
Case 1
Direction of force is based on a fixed component.
If a fixed component is selected in the Force Direction box then the
direction of the force will remain constant throughout the simulation.
Reference Fixed Component
F1
Case 2
F1
F1
Direction of force is based on the selected moving component,
which is also the component on which you want to apply the
force.
If the part to which the force is applied is used as the reference datum,
then the force will remain locked in its relative orientation to the body
over the entire simulation time (i.e. it will stay in alignment with the
geometry on the body used to define the direction).
Reference Rotating Component
F1
F1
F1
Fixed Component
334
Fund3D.book Page 335 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Case 3
Direction of force is based on the selected moving component
which is different from the component on which you want to
apply the force.
If another moving part is used as the reference datum, the direction of
the force will change based on the relative orientation of the reference
body to the moving body. This is hard to visualize easily, but if you
apply the force on a body that is held locked in position, and use a
rotating part as the reference datum, you should see the force rotate in
concert with the reference body.
Reference Rotating Component
F1
F1
F1
Make sure that the gravity symbol shows the orientation in the
negative Y direction.
Note
8
Create a force of 8900 N to simulate the weight of the car on the
car jack.
Click Force
.
For Type, select Force.
Under Direction, select Action Only.
Under Action Part and Point of Application of Action, select the
circular edge on component Support-1 (see image below).
For Force Direction, select the vertical edge on the Base-1
component.
Note
The default force direction is defined by the circular edge selected in
the Action Part and Point of Application of Action field, i.e.
perpendicular to the plane of the edge. Because the default direction is
correct in this case, the edge selected in the Force Direction field is not
required and is done solely for the educational purpose.
335
Fund3D.book Page 336 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Under Force Function, select Constant. Enter a force value of
8900 N.
Make sure that the force is directed downwards.
Note
Click OK
9
.
Run the Simulation.
Click Calculate
. The simulation will calculate for 5 seconds.
10 Run the Simulation again for 8 seconds.
Drag the end time key to 8 seconds on the timeline.
Click Calculate
336
.
Fund3D.book Page 337 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Results
The primary output from a motion study is a plot of one parameter
versus another, usually time.
Once the motion is calculated plots can be created for a variety of
parameters. All existing plots will be listed at the bottom of the
MotionManager tree.
Plot Categories
Plots of the following categories can be created:




Sub-Categories
Displacement
Acceleration
Momentum
Power




Velocity
Forces
Energy
Other quantities
Within each of the categories, plots can be created for:














Trace Path
Linear Displacement
Linear Acceleration
Angular Velocity
Applied Force
Reaction Force
Friction Force
Contact Force
Angular Momentum
Angular Kinetic Energy
Potential Energy Delta
Pitch
Roll
Bryant Angles














XYZ Position
Linear Velocity
Angular Displacement
Angular Acceleration
Applied Torque
Reaction Moment
Friction Moment
Translational Momentum
Translational Kinetic Energy
Total Kinetic Energy
Power Consumption
Yaw
Rodriguez Parameters
Projection Angles
Resizing Plots
Plots can be resized by dragging any border or corner.
Where to Find It

MotionManager toolbar: Click Results and Plots
337
Fund3D.book Page 338 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
11 Plot the torque required to lift the weight of the car.
Click Results and Plots
.
Under Result, select the category as Forces.
Under Sub-category, select Motor Torque.
Under Result component, select Magnitude.
Under Select rotational motor object to create result, select the
motor that we created (see image below).
Click OK
.
The plot of torque required appears in the graphics area.
The required torque is about 7244 N-mm.
338
Fund3D.book Page 339 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Note
Once the Rotary Motor1 is selected, a triad is displayed in the
graphics area. This triad indicates the local X, Y and Z axes of the
motor in which the output quantities may be displayed. In the present
case we require the plot of the magnitude which is independent of the
coordinate system. The post-processing is described in greater detail in
the next lesson.
12 Plot the power consumed to lift a weight of
8900 N.
We will add this plot into an existing graph.
Click Results and Plots
.
Under Result, select the category as
Momentum/Energy/Power.
Under Sub-category, select Power
Consumption.
Under Select motor object to create result,
select the same motor that you selected in the
previous step.
Under Plot Results, select Add to existing
plot and select Plot1 from the pull down
menu.
Click OK
.
The power consumption is 76 Watts. Based on the torque and the power
information, we can select an electric motor and use it to drive the
Screw_rod instead of a human hand.
339
Fund3D.book Page 340 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
13 Play animation.
Click Play
.
The vertical time bar in both the MotionManager and the graph
indicates the time.
Click Stop
.
14 Plot the vertical position of the Support.
Click Results and Plots
.
Under Result, select the category as Displacement/Velocity/
Acceleration.
Under Sub-category, select Linear Displacement.
For Result Component, select Y-component.
For Select two points/faces, select the top face of the support. If no
second item is selected, the ground serves as the default second
component, or the reference.
Leave the Component to define XYZ directions field empty. This
indicates that the displacement is reported in the default global
coordinate system.
Note
340
The displacement is measured at the origin of the Support part file,
indicated as the small blue sphere in the above figure, with respect to
the origin of the Car_Jack assembly file. The result is reported in the
default global coordinate system.
Fund3D.book Page 341 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
Click OK
.
The above graph indicates change of the global Y coordinate of the
origin of the Support part file. The displacement is therefore 51mm
(212-161mm) in the positive global Y axis.
15 Modify the graph.
Modify the ordinate of the graph to show the
angular displacement of the motor.
In the MotionManager tree, expand the
Results folder. Right-click Plot2 and click
Edit Feature.
Under Plot Results, select New Result.
For Define new result, select Displacement/
Velocity/Acceleration.
Select Angular Displacement under subcategory.
Select Magnitude for result component.
Select RotaryMotor1 for the simulation
element.
Click OK
.
341
Fund3D.book Page 342 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 8
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
16 Examine the graph.
The result plot is a little coarse and the data ordinate does not cover the
full range of -180 to 180 degrees. To generate a graph with finer detail,
more data must be saved to disk.
Introducing: Study
Properties
SOLIDWORKS Motion has its own set of properties to control the way
the study is calculated and displayed.
Study properties will be discussed throughout the book.
MotionManager toolbar: Click Motion Study Properties
Where to Find It

Introducing: Frames
per Second
Frames per second controls how often the data is saved on the disk. The
higher the frames per second, the more dense the data recorded.
Where to Find It

In the Motion Study Properties, expand Motion Analysis and either
type the number, use the spinbox arrows or adjust the slider
17 Modify Motion Study properties.
Click Motion Study Properties
.
Change the Frames per second to 100.
Click OK
342
.
Fund3D.book Page 343 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Lesson 8
Introduction to Motion Simulation and Forces
18 Calculate the study.
Click Calculate
.
Notice that we have more detail and the angular displacement is nearly
from -180 to 180 degrees.
19 Save and close the file.
343
Fund3D.book Page 344 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 32
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
3D Fourbar Linkage
Exercise 32:
3D Fourbar
Linkage
This assembly is a simple mechanism called 3D Fourbar linkage.
There are only four parts in the mechanism. The Support part is
grounded, and the rotation of the Lever part will cause a sliding motion
of the SliderBlock part.
LeverArm
linkage
Support
SliderBlock
This exercise reinforces the following skills:


Project
Description
Basic Motion Analysis on page 326
Results on page 337
The LeverArm will be simply rotated with a constant 360 deg/sec
angular velocity. Determine the amount of torque required to drive this
mechanism and plot it from the motion simulation.
1
Open an assembly file.
Open 3D Fourbar linkage from the Lesson08\Exercises folder.
2
Verify fixed and moving
components.
Make sure that support is fixed
while the other components can
move.
3
Motion study.
In the MotionManager, select Motion Analysis.
The default Motion Study 1 will be used for the analysis.
4
Add gravity.
Apply gravity in the negative Z direction.
344
Fund3D.book Page 345 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
Exercise 32
3D Fourbar Linkage
5
Define motion of the Lever Arm.
Define a Rotary Motor at 360 deg/sec.
You can enter 360 deg/sec directly into the PropertyManager and it will
automatically be converted to RPM.
Tip
6
Motion study properties.
Set the Frames per second to 100.
Set the time key to 4 seconds.
7
Calculate the simulation.
8
Determine the torque and power required to drive the mechanism.
Define a graph showing Motor torque and the required power as a
function of time. Define both quantities in a single graph.
345
Fund3D.book Page 346 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Exercise 32
SOLIDWORKS Simulation
3D Fourbar Linkage
9
Linear velocity of the SliderBlock.
Plot a graph showing the linear velocity in the Y direction of the
SliderBlock as a function of time.
10 Modify the graph.
Modify the ordinate of the graph to show the angular displacement of
the Rotary Motor. This way the graph will show the variation of the
SliderBlock velocity relative to the angular displacement of the
LeverArm.
11 Save and close the file.
346
Fund3D.book Page 347 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS
Flow Simulation Project
Objectives
Upon successful completion of this lesson, you will be able to:

Understand the model preparations required for a Flow Simulation
Project.

Create simple lids.

Check the geometry for invalid contacts.

Calculate the internal volume.

Create a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project using the Project
Wizard.

Apply flow boundary conditions.

Apply Goals.

Run an analysis.

Use the Solver Monitor window.

View the results.
347
Fund3D.book Page 348 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Case Study:
Manifold
Assembly
In this lesson, we will learn how to set up a SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation project using the Wizard. Prior to setting up our project, we
will learn how to properly prepare our model for the analysis. We will
run the simulation and learn how to interpret the results. In addition, we
will see the many options available when post-processing the results.
Problem
Description
Air enters an intake manifold assembly at
0.05 m3/s and flows out through the six
openings as seen in the figure. The
common goal of intake manifold design is
even distribution of the combustion
mixture to the piston heads. This will
insure optimum engine efficiency. We will
keep this in mind when analyzing our
intake assembly.
The objective of this lesson is to introduce the complete set up of a
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation project within SOLIDWORKS, from
model preparation to post-processing. Study goals will be defined and
discussed. In addition, the results will be post-processed using the
various options in SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation.
Stages in the
Process

Prepare model for analysis.
Use the Lids tool to close the model in preparation for an internal
analysis. The Check Geometry command will be used to make
sure that your model is ready for a flow simulation.

Set up flow simulation.
Use the Wizard to set up the flow simulation project.

Apply boundary conditions.
Boundary conditions are applied to inlets and outlets.

Declare calculation goals.
Goals can be defined that are special parameters that the user will
have information for after the analysis is run.

Run the analysis.

Post-process the results.
The results can be processed using many available options in
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation.
348
Fund3D.book Page 349 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
1
Open SOLIDWORKS.
2
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Add-Ins.
Once installed, SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation can be activated on
SOLIDWORKS Add-Inns tab of the CommandManager.
Alternatively, add-ins can be activated using the Tools, Add-Ins menu.
Note
3
Open Assembly.
Open Coletor from the Lesson09\Case Study folder.
Model
Preparation
In any static analysis, it is often necessary to modify the
SOLIDWORKS geometry to allow the simulation to run. The same is
true in flow simulations. SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation groups flow
analysis into two separate categories, internal analysis and external
analysis. Before beginning model preparations, it is necessary to ask
yourself which type of analysis you wish to perform.
Internal Flow
Analysis
Internal flow analysis involves fluid flow bounded by outer solid
surfaces, e.g. flows inside pipes, tanks, HVAC systems, etc. Internal
flows are confined inside the SOLIDWORKS geometry. For internal
flows the fluid enters a model through the inlets and exits the model
through the outlets with the exception of some natural convection
problems that have no openings.
To perform an Internal flow analysis, the SOLIDWORKS model must
be fully closed (no openings) using lids. The SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation, Tools, Check Geometry command tool can be used to
ensure that the model is fully closed.
External Flow
Analysis
External flow analysis involves a solid model which is fully surrounded
by the flow, e.g., flows over aircraft, automobiles, buildings, etc. The
fluid flow is not bounded by an outer solid surface, but bounded only
by the Computational Domain boundaries and does not require a lid
unless the application involves a flow source (such as a fan).
If both internal and external analysis is required simultaneously, e.g.,
flows over and through a building, the analysis is treated as an External
analysis in SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation.
349
Fund3D.book Page 350 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Manifold Analysis
Now that we know the difference between internal and external
analysis, we can characterize our manifold analysis as internal. We will
only study the flow on the inside of the manifold assembly and are not
concerned with any flows around the body. As mentioned previously, to
perform an internal flow analysis, the SOLIDWORKS model must be
fully closed using Lids.
Lids
Lids are used in internal flow analysis. In this type of analysis, all
openings within a model must be covered using the SOLIDWORKS
“lids” features. The surfaces of the lids (which contact the fluid) are
used to apply boundary conditions which introduce a mass flow rate,
volume flow rate, static /total pressure, of Fan condition within a fluid
volume.
Note
Situations that do not require the use of lids include external analysis
that measure flow over bodies such as: cars, planes, buildings, ...etc. In
addition, lids are not used in natural convection problems.
Introducing: Create
Lids
The Create Lids tool automatically creates lids for all openings in the
selected planar surface of the model. This tool is available for both part
and assembly files. The lids are necessary for an internal analysis
(problems such as flow through a ball valve or pipe).
Where to Find It



4
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Create Lids
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Tools, Create Lids
Flow Simulation Main toolbar: Create Lids
Create a lid on the inlet face.
Under Tools, Flow Simulation, Tools, select Create Lids
.
Select the annular face defining the plane of the inlet that should be
closed by the lid.
In the Create Lids PropertyManager, click the Adjust Thickness
button and enter 1mm as the Thickness.
Click OK.
350
Fund3D.book Page 351 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
You’ll notice that a new part called LID1 gets created in the
FeatureManager design tree. The part is a blind extrusion from the
selected planar face into the opening with a distance that was specified
as the Thickness.
Note
Multiple planar faces can be selected using the Create Lids tool. If the
user is working with an assembly, new parts named LID1, LID2... will
be created. If the user is working with a single part, new LID1,
LID2...features will be created.
Tip
It is good practice to rename your lids when working in an assembly.
This can avoid problems with multiple assemblies with lids open at the
same time.
Lid Thickness
If necessary, the thickness of the lid can be adjusted by clicking the
Adjust Thickness button
and input the value in the Thickness box
(as done in the previous step).
The thickness of an external lid for an internal analysis is usually not
important for the analysis. However, the lid should not be so thick that
the flow pattern is affected downstream in some way. If this is both an
external and internal analysis then creating a lid that is too thin will
cause the number of cells to be very high. For most cases the lid
thickness could be the same thickness used to create the neighboring
walls.
Manual Lid
Creation
The Create Lids tool cannot be used if there are no planar faces to use
as references. In this instance, the user must create the lids manually by
creating lid parts or features.
Adding a Lid to a
Part File


Click on the surface adjacent to where you would like to add the lid
and open a sketch.
Select the inside edge(s) and select Sketch Tools, Convert
Entities.

Insert, Boss/Base, Extrude and select the Mid Plane option.
351
Fund3D.book Page 352 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Note
Selecting the Mid Plane option is very important. The Blind option
would create an invalid contact (disjointed body) between the lid and
the body. SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation is unable to apply
boundary conditions onto a surface when there is an invalid contact.
Mid-Plane extrusion
Correct Lid Creation
Adding a Lid to an
Assembly File
Blind extrusion
In-correct Lid Creation
There are several ways to create lids within a SOLIDWORKS
assembly file. The following steps outline one of these recommended
ways.

Within the SOLIDWORKS assembly mode go to Insert,
Component, New Part.




Note
352
Select the surface adjacent to where you would like to add the lid.
Select the inside edge(s) and select Sketch Tools, Convert
Entities.
Insert, Boss/Base, Extrude and select the Mid Plane option.
Click OK to close the part edit mode. A new Part will be added to
the assembly.
It's usually a good idea to create the lids as a part file within an
assembly especially if your analysis involves heat transfer. These lids
can then be assigned a different material, such as an insulator so that
the lid does not affect the heat transfer analysis.
Fund3D.book Page 353 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
5
Remaining lids.
Create the remaining lids on the outlet faces using the manual lid
creation method described above. Use a Mid Plane extrusion of 2mm.
Note
We could have used the Create Lids tool to create the remaining lids,
however the tool would have closed all of the openings on the selected
face, therefore closing the bolt holes. This is not necessary, and this
also gives us the opportunity to practice manual lid creation.
Discussion
When creating lids before the analysis, keep in mind that they have two
purposes; closing off any openings and allowing for solid geometry on
which boundary conditions (i.e. static pressure, mass flow rate, etc.) are
defined. In this model, we could have used a single part to close off all
six outlet ports as shown in the figure. This type of lid would not be
applicable if we required different boundary conditions on each outlet.
In addition, this lid is inappropriate because to evaluate the design, we
require information about the flow through each individual outlet
(remember, a well designed manifold will distribute the combustion
mixture evenly). We will see that this type of lid will make it more
difficult to obtain the information about each port.
353
Fund3D.book Page 354 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Checking the
Geometry
The SOLIDWORKS model must be checked to determine if there are
any problems with the geometry that may cause problems meshing the
body and fluid regions.
There are two main reasons that prevent meshing of the solid and fluid
bodies.


Openings in the geometry that prevent SOLIDWORKS from fully
defining a fully closed internal volume. This is for an internal
analysis only.
Invalid contacts exist between parts in an assembly. (An invalid
contact is defined as a line or point contact between part files.)
These will be discussed later in the lesson.
Note
Invalid contacts affect both internal and external analysis.
Introducing: Check
Geometry
A SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation tool,
called Check Geometry, allows users to check
the SOLIDWORKS geometry. This tool also
allows you to check bodies for possible
geometry problems (e.g., tangent contact) that
cause SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation to
create an inadequate mesh.
The State field allows you to disable some of
the assembly components from the geometry
check.
Provided the fluid volume exists, Show Fluid
Volume command will graphically indicate it.
Check command will run the geometry check
on the assembly.
Where to Find It



354
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Check Geometry
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Tools, Check Geometry
Flow Simulation Main toolbar: Check Geometry
Fund3D.book Page 355 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
6
Check for invalid fluid geometry.
Access Check Geometry tool.
Keep all assembly components selected.
Under Analysis Type, select Internal.
Click Check.
The results are presented in the text field below
the graphics area.
The non-zero values for the fluid and solid
volumes indicate that the internal fluid volume is
water tight and suitable for flow simulation.
Close the text area with the results, and the Check Geometry property
manager.
Note
The Check Geometry command will check for possible invalid
contacts, e.g., tangency, zero thickness, etc. If a problem has been
detected, the message appears in the Invalid contacts output box.
Tip
When the geometry is deemed ready for analysis, it is good practice to
set all components as fixed. This insures that none of the components
move when defining boundary conditions, etc.
Internal Fluid
Volume
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation will also calculate the total volume
of solid components and the total fluid volume.
For internal flow analysis, the internal fluid volume must be greater
than zero. If there are no invalid contacts and the internal fluid volume
is still zero, then there is a small gap or an opening that connects the
internal domain to the external space. Once the small gap or opening is
detected and corrected, rerun the Check Geometry tool to ensure that
the internal fluid volume is greater than zero.
Invalid Contacts
If invalid contacts exist, SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation will not be
able to calculate an internal fluid volume (within the computational
domain), and the Check Geometry tool will report the internal fluid
volume to be zero even if the model is perfectly closed and has no
openings or gaps. Invalid contacts must be fixed before a flow analysis
can be performed.
The invalid contacts can be fixed by either separating the two parts
with a very small distance so that they are no longer touching, or by
creating an interference fit between the two parts.
355
Fund3D.book Page 356 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Invalid Contact
Examples
Some typical types of invalid contact are
shown in the figure.
In our example, if a Blind extrusion was
used, an invalid line contact would be
created as shown in the figure.
If an invalid contact is detected, you may
click the contact in the list of invalid
contacts to show the location.
Note
Not every tangent contact causes an invalid contact. SOLIDWORKS
Flow Simulation uses SOLIDWORKS API boolean operations to
compute fluid and solid bodies. If SOLIDWORKS is able to construct
the resulting bodies successfully, then SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation will consider the bodies as valid for its analysis even with
potentially bad contacts, like “line contact.”
In some models, even with invalid contacts the user will be able to
apply boundary conditions and solve the analysis. Users in these cases
may receive the “Failed to complete” error message when trying to
define Cut Plots. The user would have to correct the invalid contact to
plot and rerun the analysis before defining Cut Plot images.
Important!
356
For internal flow analysis, boundary conditions can not be applied until
all openings are closed.
Fund3D.book Page 357 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
7
Modify lid position.
To demonstrate lid positions that are not ideal, you will now change the
position of the last lid.
Edit the position of the last lid so
that its internal edge forms a line
contact along the edge of the
outlet.
Edge contact
8
Check geometry.
Follow step 6 on page 355 to check geometry for invalid contacts.
Make sure you specify Internal analysis type.
The result text window indicates 16 detected unresolved contacts,
which were fixed.
Because the invalid contacts were fixed, the Check geometry tool was
also able to calculate both the fluid and solid volumes.
Note
In most of such situations, software is able to heal invalid contact and
calculate the fluid and solid volumes.
Click on any of the invalid contacts to see it in the graphics area.
Close the text area with the results, and the Check Geometry property
manager.
357
Fund3D.book Page 358 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
9
Modify lid position again.
Follow step 7 and change the
position of the lid to form a clear
gap between the lid and the outlet.
Gap (leak)
10 Check geometry.
Follow 8 to check the geometry for invalid contacts. Make sure you
specify Internal analysis type.
The result text window indicates that the geometry
check failed. Both the solid and fluid volumes
show zero volumes indicating that they could not
be calculated.
Introducing: Leak
Tracker
Leaks in geometry are sometimes difficult to detect. Leak tracker tool
makes this task easy.
Where to Find It


Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Tools, Leak Tracking
Flow Simulation Main toolbar: Leak Tracking
11 Leak tracker.
Go to Tools, Flow Simulation, Tools
and select Leak Tracking .
Outside
face
Select one face on the inside of the
manifold, and one face on the outside of
it.
Click Find Connection.
Inside face
358
Fund3D.book Page 359 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
The trajectory from the inside face to
the outside face will be graphically
shown on the model.
12 Close Leak Tracer.
13 Modify lid position.
Return the lid to its correct
position where it forms the
face to face contact with the
outlet.
Note
Face to face contact
You may run the Check geometry command for the last time to verify
that your geometry is water tight.
359
Fund3D.book Page 360 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Project Wizard
Project wizard is the most convenient way to create and specify the
basic configuration of your simulation project.
Introducing: Wizard
The flow simulation project Wizard is used by even the most
experienced users of SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation. It walks you
through the basic steps of setting up a flow analysis. Additional
commands may then be needed to complete the definition of more
complicated analyses. The Wizard addresses the following parts of
modeling:

Project Configuration
Select the configuration that you want to use with the simulation.
You can create a new configuration or use one that is currently
defined. It is recommended that you associate each flow simulation
project to a new configuration. This insures that your files and
results will be organized.

Unit System
Defines the unit system that will be used in the simulation. This can
be changed after finishing the Wizard in the Flow Simulation
menu by selecting Units. In addition, each custom defined unit
systems can be created that mix and match from the different
universal systems.

Analysis type
The analysis is defined as internal or external. In addition other
features about the analysis can be defined (i.e., reference axis).

Default Fluid
Defines the default fluid that is used in the analysis as well as the
type of flow it will encounter (i.e., laminar, turbulent, both).

Wall Conditions
Defines the boundary conditions for the flow at the walls of the
SOLIDWORKS geometry.

Initial Conditions
Defines the initial and ambient conditions of the solids and fluids in
the model.

Results and Geometry Resolution
Can define the density of the mesh based on the geometrical
features of the model (thickness of thin wall and gaps) as well as
the overall result accuracy.
Where to Find It



360
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Wizard
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Project, Wizard
Flow Simulation Main toolbar: Wizard
Fund3D.book Page 361 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
14 Create a project using a wizard.
From the Tools, Flow Simulation menu, choose: Project, Wizard
.
15 Create a new project.
Under Configuration, click Use Current (default setting).
Note
You can also select Create New to create a new configuration, or
Select to associate your project with any of the existing
SOLIDWORKS configurations.
In the Configuration Name box, enter Project 1.
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation will store all data in a separate folder
numbered sequentially, i.e. “1”, “2”, “3”,...etc. based on how many
projects have been defined. This folder is located in the same directory
as the assembly file.
Click Next.
361
Fund3D.book Page 362 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
16 Select units.
Select SI (m-kg-s) as the Unit System for this project.
You can change the unit system anytime by going to Tools, Flow
Simulation, Units.
Click Next.
Note
You can also create your own system of units (by mixing and matching
unit systems). This is done by checking the Create New check box and
entering the custom name for the new unit system.
17 Select analysis type.
362
Fund3D.book Page 363 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Select Internal under Analysis Type.
Under Consider closed cavities, clear Exclude cavities without
flow conditions.
Defining the Reference axis is not required for this analysis.
Accept all other default settings.
Click Next.
Reference Axis
The Reference Axis is defined through the Wizard. It is used to define
the Dependency of a specific quantity (i.e., radiation or rotation).
Exclude Cavities
Without Flow
Conditions
The status of the Exclude cavities without flow conditions option is
not important in this analysis; there is only one internal space within
this model. If there were multiple unconnected internal spaces, then
selecting this box would prevent SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
from meshing and solving for any internal spaces that do not have
boundary conditions.
18 Select fluid type (gas or liquid).
Expand the Gases tree. Using the scroll box in the database of fluids,
click Air.
Click Add. This will move Air under the Project Fluids list.
Accept all other default settings.
Click Next.
363
Fund3D.book Page 364 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
19 Set wall conditions.
In the Parameter list, the value for Default wall thermal condition is
Adiabatic wall and the value for Roughness is 0. Click Next.
Adiabatic Wall
Since this project does not involve any type of heat transfer, the default
Adiabatic wall selection is recommended. Adiabatic wall assumes the
walls are perfectly insulated.
Roughness
This value is used in the calculation of the velocity profile within the
boundary layer. If the default value of zero is used (recommended if the
roughness is not known), the solver assumes the walls are smooth.
Please consult the Flow Simulation help on how to determine
appropriate roughness parameters.
364
Fund3D.book Page 365 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
20 Initial and ambient conditions.
Click Finish to accept the default standard ambient conditions as the
initial conditions for this analysis.
Note
The closer the initial values are set to the final values determined in the
analysis, the quicker the analysis will finish. Since we do not have any
knowledge of the expected final values, we will not modify them in this
lesson.
21 Review input data in the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis
tree.
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation will create a new project associated
with the Default SOLIDWORKS configuration and a SOLIDWORKS
Flow Simulation analysis tree will also be created.
The Flow Simulation analysis tree tab in the SOLIDWORKS
FeatureManager should be automatically created and selected.
If, after a later date, changes are
needed to be made to the input data
within the project, the user can rightclick Input Data in the
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree and select the
appropriate option to update the
input information.
365
Fund3D.book Page 366 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Expand the options under Input Data
within the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree. The SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation analysis tree is used to define
additional analysis settings for the project.
The Computational Domain, shown as a
wireframe box enveloping the model, is used
to visualize the volume being analyzed.
Computational
Domain
The Computational Domain is defined as a volume fixed with respect
to a coordinate system within a fluid flow field. Although the fluid
moves into and out of the computational domain, the computational
domain itself remains fixed in space.
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analyzes the model geometry and
automatically generates a Computational Domain in the shape of a
rectangular prism enclosing the model. The computational domain’s
boundary planes are orthogonal to the model’s Global Coordinate
System axes. For external flows, the computational domain’s boundary
planes are automatically distanced from the model capturing the fluid
space around the model. However, for internal flows, the computational
domain’s boundary planes automatically envelop the model walls only.
Introducing:
Boundary
Conditions
A boundary condition is required to describe where the fluid enters or
exits the system (Computation Domain) and can be set as a Pressure,
Mass Flow, Volume Flow or Velocity. Boundary conditions can also
specify parameters of a wall such as ideal, stationary, or rotating.
Where to Find It



Shortcut Menu: Right-click Boundary Conditions in the Flow
Simulation analysis tree and click Insert Boundary Condition
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Boundary Conditions
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Insert, Boundary Condition
22 Insert boundary condition.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation analysis tree, under
Input Data, right-click
Boundary Conditions and select
Insert Boundary Condition.
Select the inside surface of the
SOLIDWORKS feature
representing the inlet, as shown in
the figure.
366
Fund3D.book Page 367 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Note
To access the inner face, right-click the outer face on the lid and click
Select Other. In the Select Other window, cycle through the faces by
moving the pointer to highlight each face dynamically in the solid
geometry.
23 Set up the boundary condition.
In the Boundary Conditions
PropertyManager, under Type, select the Flow
openings button .
Still under Type, select Inlet Volume Flow.
Under Flow Parameters, click the Normal to
and enter 0.05 m3/s.
face button
Click OK.
The new Inlet Volume Flow1 item appears in
the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis
tree under Boundary Conditions.
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation will apply a
0.05 m3 of air per second across the inlet area,
normal to the selected face.
Note
Since the volume flow rate is required as an output at each outlet, a
pressure condition should be used to identify the outlet condition. If the
pressure is not known at the outlet of each port, an ambient static
pressure condition can be used as the boundary condition across each
outlet face for this analysis.
24 Insert boundary condition.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree, under Input Data, right-click the
Boundary Conditions icon and select Insert
Boundary Condition.
Select the inner face of one of the outlet ports.
367
Fund3D.book Page 368 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
25 Set up the boundary condition.
In the Boundary Conditions window, under
Type, select the Pressure openings button
.
Still under Type, select Static Pressure.
Click OK to accept the default ambient values.
The new Static Pressure1 item appears in
the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis
tree.
26 Create additional outlet boundary conditions.
Each outlet port should have a static pressure boundary condition
assigned to the inside outlet lid surface. Create five additional static
pressure boundary conditions for the remaining five outlets.
Introducing:
Engineering Goals
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation contains built-in criteria to stop the
solution process. However, it is best to use your own criterion by using
what SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation calls Goals. You can specify
the Goals as physical parameters at areas of interest in the project, so
that their convergence can be considered as obtaining a steady state
solution from the engineering viewpoint.
Engineering goals are user specified parameters of interest, which the
user can display while the solver is running and obtain information
about after convergence is reached. Goals can be set throughout the
entire domain (Global Goal), in a selected area (Surface Goal, Point
Goal), or within a selected volume (Volume Goal). Furthermore,
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation can consider the average, minimum
or maximum value when examining goals.
368
Fund3D.book Page 369 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
In addition, you can also define an Equation Goal, which is a goal
defined by an expression (basic mathematical functions) using the
existing goals as variables. This allows you to calculate a parameter of
interest (e.g., pressure drop) and keeps this information in the project
for later reference.
There are five different types of goals that can be defined in
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation:



Where to Find It
Use in Instructions
Global Goal
Surface Goal
Equation Goal


Point Goal
Volume Goal

Shortcut Menu: Right-click Goals in the Flow Simulation analysis
tree and click Insert Goals
CommandManager: Flow Simulation >

Flow Simulation Features
> Goals
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Insert, Goals

Choose the type of goal you want to define.
27 Insert surface goal.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree, right-click Goals, and select
Insert Surface Goals.
To select the inlet surface for the surface
goal, split the feature pane and in the
upper portion click the boundary
condition Inlet Volume Flow1 item in
the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree to input the face where the
surface goal is to be applied.
In the Parameter list, locate Volume
Flow Rate and click the check box next
to it.
Click OK.
The new SG Volume Flow Rate1 item
appears in the SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation analysis tree under Goals.
369
Fund3D.book Page 370 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
28 Rename surface goal.
Rename the SG Volume Flow Rate1 in the SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation analysis tree so that it appears as Inlet SG Volume Flow
Rate.
29 Insert surface goal.
Repeat the earlier steps 27 and 28 to apply
a surface goal for the volume flow rate at
the outlet ports.
When selecting the Static Pressure
boundary conditions, hold the control key
and select all of the outlet boundary
conditions.
Click the Create goal for each surface
check box. This will create 6 surface goals
for each of the 6 outlets.
Rename each surface goal to reflect the
outlet port.
370
Fund3D.book Page 371 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
30 Insert equation goal.
The Equation Goal is used in this lesson to sum the outlet volume flow
rates. The Equation Goal will determine the total Volume flow rate
leaving the manifold.
In the Flow Simulation analysis tree, right-click the Goals icon and
select Insert Equation Goal.
Select the Outlet SG Volume Flow Rate1 surface goal from
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree to add it to the
Expression box.
Click + in the Equation Goal window.
Repeat the last 2 steps to add each of the remaining 5 outlet flow rates
to complete the equation.
In the Dimensionality list, select Volume Flow Rate.
Click OK.
31 Rename the equation goal.
Rename the equation goal to Sum of outlet flow rates.
Once the solution has converged, the sum of the outlet volume flow
rates should approximately be equal to the inlet volume boundary
condition.
371
Fund3D.book Page 372 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Mesh
Density and quality of mesh influences the result resolution, or in other
words the level of accuracy of the results. In general, to achieve higher
level of result accuracy, the finer mesh is in general required which
means higher total cell counts and increased physical RAM
requirements.
Higher mesh density will require longer CPU time to solve. Thus, the
optimum mesh density requires a balance between precise results and
computation time.
32 Set initial global mesh parameters.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree, under Input Data, expand the
Mesh folder, right-click Global Mesh and
select Edit Definition.
Under Type keep Automatic.
Under Settings accept the default Level of
initial mesh of 3.
Click OK.
Note
In some situations, entering values for the Minimum gap size is
important and ensures that any small gaps are not ignored during
meshing. Since this model has a fairly uniform diameter, no minimum
gap is required.
33 Save file.
Click File, Save to save the assembly file.
Introducing: Run
The Run command solves the simulation.
Where to Find It

Load Results
Option
Note
372
Shortcut Menu: Right-click the project folder (Project 1) in the
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree and click Run
 CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Run
 Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Solve, Run
Because the results from SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation may
become large, it is necessary to Load them for post-processing. This
option automatically loads SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation results
once the solver completes.
If multiple configurations/solutions are obtained, only a single solution
set can be loaded at a time. Before loading a new set of results, the
currently loaded results must be unloaded.
Fund3D.book Page 373 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Monitoring the
Solver
The solution monitor window will appear after the solver has started.
On the left of the Solver window is a log of each step taken in the
solution process. On the right is an information dialog box with mesh
information and any warnings concerning the analysis.
373
Fund3D.book Page 374 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Goal Plot Window
The Goal Plot window will list each goal selected in the Add/Remove
Goals window. Here you can see the current value and graph for each
goal as well as the current progress towards completion given as a
percentage. The progress value is only an estimate, and the rate of
progress generally increases with time.
Warning Messages
Warning messages are also displayed in the Info section of the Solver
window. In this analysis, you may see a warning message that reads “A
vortex crosses the pressure opening”. This message indicates that
there is a pressure difference across the outlet, which sometimes
indicates a recirculation across the outlet. After running the analysis,
the user can look at the result plots to see if the flow is entering through
the outlets. This message is only a warning and can be ignored for this
analysis, but if there was flow entering through the outlet, then the user
would have to extend the outlet until the flow vectors were all leaving
the outlet.
374
Fund3D.book Page 375 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
34 Solve the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation project.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree, right-click
Project 1 and select Run.
Make sure that the check boxes next to Load Results is selected.
Click Run with default settings.
The solver should take approximately 5 minutes to run.
Note
The Flow Simulation solver supports parallel computations. This
allows you to select the number of CPUs to be used in the calculation.
35 Insert goal plot.
While the solver is running, In the Solver toolbar, click Insert Goal
to open the Add/Remove Goals window.
Plot
Click the top checkbox to add all the goals you want to plot.
Click OK.
375
Fund3D.book Page 376 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
36 Insert preview.
With the solver running,
after a few iterations, click
the Insert Preview button
on the Solver toolbar.
In the Preview Settings
window, selecting any
SOLIDWORKS plane
from the SOLIDWORKS
FeatureManager Tree and
clicking OK will create a
preview plot of the
solution on that plane. For
this model, the Top Plane
is a good choice to use as
the preview plane. The
preview plane can be
chosen anytime from the
SOLIDWORKS
FeatureManager.
Click the Settings tab.
In the Parameter list,
click Velocity.
Click OK.
Note
The preview allows one to look at the results while the calculation is
still running. This helps to determine if all the boundary conditions are
correctly defined and gives the user an idea of how the solution will
look even at an early stage. It is important to note that at the start of the
run the results might look odd or change abruptly. However, as the run
progresses, these changes will lessen and the results will settle in on a
converged solution. The results can be displayed either in contour,
isoline or vector representation.
37 Close the Solver window.
Click File, Close. This will close the Solver window.
376
Fund3D.book Page 377 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Postprocessing
The first step to view the results is to generate a transparent view of the
geometry, a 'glass-body' image. This way, you can easily see where cut
planes etc. are located with respect to the geometry.
Introducing: Cut
Plots
A Cut plot displays any result on any SOLIDWORKS plane. The
representation can be as a contour plot, as isolines, or as vectors and
also in any combination of the above (e.g. contour with overlaid
vectors).
Where to Find It



Shortcut Menu: Right-click Cut Plots under Results in the
Flow Simulation analysis tree and click Insert
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Cut Plot
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Insert, Cut Plot
38 Set model Transparency.
In the Tools, Flow Simulation menu, select Results, Display,
Transparency.
Move the slider to the right to increase the Value to set. Set the model
transparency to 0.75.
Click OK.
Tip
You can also right-click each part in the SOLIDWORKS
FeatureManager tree and select Change Transparency.
Note
As selected when initializing the solution, the
results will be automatically loaded. The
associated result file is indicated in the
parentheses next to the Result folder.
39 Create Cut Plots.
In the Flow Simulation analysis tree, right-click Cut Plots under
Results and select Insert.
In the Section Plane or Planar Face box, select the Top plane view.
Click OK.
377
Fund3D.book Page 378 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
We can observe that the total pressure magnitude varies from
101,254 Pa to 101,462 Pa.
A Cut Plot 1 icon will be created in the Flow Simulation analysis tree
under the Cut Plots icon.
40 Hide the cut plot.
Right-click the Cut Plot 1 icon and select Hide.
41 Add a cut plot.
Right-click the Cut Plots icon under Results
and select Insert.
Choose the Top Plane as the cut plane.
Make sure that the Contours button is
selected.
Under Contours select Velocity and increase
Number of Levels slider to 50.
Click OK.
Note
The limits of the legend default to the global maximum and minimum.
Use the Adjust Maximum and Minimum button under the Contours
dialog to change them.
The maximum velocity close to 15.3 m/s is reached close to the inlet
where the rapid narrowing of the profile ends.
378
Fund3D.book Page 379 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
To modify the options for this and other plots, either double-click on
the color scale or right-click the plot name and select Edit Definition.
Double-click
Scaling the Limits
of the Legend
Click directly on the lower or upper limit
value in the legend. The desired limit value
can then be entered in the text field.
Cut Plane
Model
To the right of the text field, there are two
Maximum Maximum
auto-scaling buttons. The first button (left
side) auto-scales the maximum value of the
legend to the maximum value existing in
the model. The second button auto-scales
the maximum value of the legend to the
maximum value in that cut plane. These
buttons also exist for adjusting the minimum values of the legend.
Changing Legend
Settings
To edit various legend settings such as color
palette, out of range colors, font and its size and
others, right click directly on the legend and use
the Edit and Appearance commands.
Orientation of the
Legend,
Logarithmic Scale
Legend can be oriented vertically, or
horizontally. To change the legend orientation,
right-the legend and click Make Horizontal (or
Make Vertical).
Click Logarithmic Scale to change the axes to
this scale.
379
Fund3D.book Page 380 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
42 Animate cut plot through the model.
The animation feature can be used to view how the quantity plotted on
the cut plot (total pressure in our example) varies through the model.
Right-click on the
Cut Plot 2 item
under the Cut Plots
folder and select
Animation.
The animation toolbar on the bottom of the SOLIDWORKS window
allows you to Play, Loop, and Record animation.
Click the Play button to automatically move the cutting plane (Top
plane in our example) through the mode and view how the plotted
quantity varies.
Close the animation toolbar.
Note
The animation can be saved into an AVI file by clicking the Save
button on the animation toolbar.
43 Create vector cut plot.
Right-click the Cut Plot 2 icon under Cut Plots and select Edit
Definition.
Under Display, deselect Contours and click Vectors.
Click OK.
Note
The vector Spacing, their Size, and other vector parameters can be
adjusted in the Vectors dialog of the Cut Plot window. Notice how the
flow must navigate around the sharp corners on the Ball.
44 Hide Cut Plot 2.
Right-click the Cut Plot 2 icon under Results, Cut Plots in the
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree and select Hide.
380
Fund3D.book Page 381 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Introducing: Surface
Plot
A Surface Plot displays any result on any SOLIDWORKS surface.
The representation can be as a contour plot, as isolines, or as vectors and also in any combination of the above (e.g. contour with overlaid
vectors).
Where to Find It



Shortcut Menu: Right-click Surface Plots under Results in the
Flow Simulation analysis tree and click Insert
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Surface Plot
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Insert, Surface Plot
45 Create surface plot.
In the Flow Simulation analysis tree, right-click the Surface Plots
icon under Results and select Insert.
Select Use all faces.
Make sure Contours is selected and specify Pressure as the quantity
to plot.
Click OK.
A Surface Plot 1 icon will be created in the SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation analysis tree under Surface Plots. The same basic options
are available for Surface Plots as for Cut Plots. Feel free to experiment
with different combinations on your own.
381
Fund3D.book Page 382 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
46 Probe.
In the Flow Simulation analysis tree, right-click Results and select
Probe. Select points of interest in the graphics window.
The pressure at those locations will appear in the graphics window.
To turn the Probe tool off, right-click Results and select Probe again.
To turn off the probe displays, right-click Results and select
Display Probes.
47 Hide Surface Plot 1.
Right-click the Surface Plot 1 and select Hide.
Introducing: Flow
Trajectories
Using Flow trajectories, you can show the flow streamlines and paths
of particles with mass and temperature that are inserted into the fluid.
Flow trajectories provide a very good image of the 3D fluid flow. You
can also see how parameters change along each trajectory by exporting
data into Microsoft Excel. Additionally, you can save trajectories as
SOLIDWORKS reference curves. The trajectories can also be colored
by values of whatever variable chosen in the View Settings window.
Where to Find It



Shortcut Menu: Right-click Flow Trajectories under Results in
the Flow Simulation analysis tree and click Insert
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Flow Trajectories
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Insert,
Flow Trajectories
382
Fund3D.book Page 383 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
48 Create flow trajectory.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow
Simulation FeatureManager, rightclick the Flow Trajectories icon
under Results and select Insert.
Click the Flow Simulation analysis
tree tab.
Under Boundary conditions, click
Static Pressure1 item. This will
select the inner face of the outlet Lid
2 part as the origin for the
trajectories.
In the Number of points box, type
16.
Click OK.
Discussion
Notice the trajectories that are entering and exiting through the exit lid.
This is the reason for the warning (A vortex crosses the pressure
opening) during the solution process. When flow both enters and exits
the same opening, the accuracy of the results will be affected. In a case
such as this, one would typically add the next component to the model
(such as a pipe extending the computational domain) so that the vortex
does not occur at an opening.
Another approach to deal with this warning message could be to
change the boundary condition at the pressure opening. We applied a
static pressure boundary condition to each outlet face. This applies
static pressure to both sides of the lid. In reality, we know that if the lid
was extended, the flow would experience some amount of pressure
difference. To account for this, we could have used an environment
pressure boundary condition. The environment pressure boundary
condition applies total pressure to the face of the lid where the flow
enters the model and static pressure to the face of the lid where the flow
leaves the model. This type of boundary condition will provide us with
more reliable results than the static pressure condition.
383
Fund3D.book Page 384 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Introducing: XY
Plots
XY-Plot allows you to see how a parameter changes along a specified
Where to Find It

direction. To define the direction, you can use curves and sketches (2D
and 3D sketches). The data are exported into an Excel workbook,
where parameter charts and values are displayed. The charts are
displayed in separate sheets and all values are displayed in the Plot
Data sheet.


Shortcut Menu: Right-click XY Plots under Results in the
Flow Simulation analysis tree and click Insert
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > XY Plots
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Insert, XY Plots
49 Hide Flow Trajectories 1.
Right-click the Flow Trajectories 1 icon under Results, Flow
Trajectories in the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree and
select Hide.
50 Plot XY plot.
We have already created a SOLIDWORKS sketch containing a line
through the manifold. This sketch can be created after the analysis is
finished. Take a look at Sketch-XY Plot in the SOLIDWORKS
FeatureManager analysis tree.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree, under Results,
right-click the XY Plots icon and select Insert.
Under Parameters, select Pressure and Velocity.
Under Selection, select Sketch-XY Plot from the SOLIDWORKS
FeatureManager.
Leave all options as defaults and click Show.
The window with the graphs of the selected results will open on the
bottom of the screen.
Close the plot window by clicking the close button (see the figure
above).
Still in the XY Plot property manager, click the Export to Excel button.
384
Fund3D.book Page 385 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Microsoft Excel will open and generate two lists of data points as well
as two graphs, one for Velocity and the other for Pressure. You will
need to toggle between different sheets to view each graph.
385
Fund3D.book Page 386 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Introducing: Surface
Parameters
Surface Parameters can be used to determine pressures, forces, heat
flux as well as many other variables on any face within your model
contacting the fluid. For this type of analysis, it would probably be of
interest to calculate the average static pressure drop from the valve inlet
to outlet.
Where to Find It



Shortcut Menu: Right-click Surface Parameters under Results in
the Flow Simulation analysis tree and click Insert
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Flow Simulation
Results Features > Surface Parameters
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Insert,
Surface Parameters
51 Create Surface Parameters.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree, under Results,
right-click the Surface Parameters icon and select Insert.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation analysis tree, under
Boundary Conditions, click the Inlet Volume Flow 1 item. This
will select and add the inner face of the inlet Lid 1 part to the Faces
list.
Select All from the Parameters list.
Click Show. At the bottom of the screen, two tables will appear. The
table on the left will contain the local parameters and the table to the
right contains the integral parameters.
Shown in the Local table are the Minimum, Maximum, Average, and
Bulk Average values for a number of parameters (including Pressure,
Temperature, Density, etc.) for the inlet face. The same information
can be obtained if the outlet lid faces were selected.
Close the two tabs by clicking the Close Table mark at the right hand
side of the screen.
Click Export to Excel.
386
Fund3D.book Page 387 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
An Excel spreadsheet will be automatically created containing the
values in the Surface Parameter window.
Note
The Integral table contains integrated values taken across the face of
the selected surface. We can see that the volume flow rate on this inlet
face is equal to the volume flow rate boundary condition of 0.05 m^3/s
that we specified.
Introducing: Goal
Plot
The goal plot allows you to see how the goal changes throughout the
flow simulation as well as the final value of the goal at the end of the
calculation.
Where to Find It



Shortcut Menu: Right-click Goal Plots under Results in the Flow
Simulation analysis tree and click Insert
CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Goal Plot
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Goal Plot
52 Goals plot.
In the SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation
analysis tree, under Results, right-click Goal
Plots and select Insert.
Select All Goals in the Goal Filter and check
All in the Goals to Plot list.
Under Options select Group charts by
parameter.
Click Show.
387
Fund3D.book Page 388 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
The table of the goal values will open on the bottom of the screen.
Change the view from Summary to History.
Close the goal plot window by clicking the close button (see the figure
above).
Still in the Goal Plot property manager, click the Export to Excel
button.
An Excel spreadsheet will be automatically created containing
information about the goals.
Close the Goal Plot property manager.
388
Fund3D.book Page 389 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Note
The spreadsheet contains the final, maximum, minimum and averaged
values of the goal during the calculation. In addition, there are plots
showing how the goal changed during the calculation.
Negative values represent flow out of the computational domain.
Here, we can also verify that our inlet volume flow rate boundary
condition was also applied properly during the calculation. In addition,
the total flow out is equal to the total flow in.
Introducing: Save
Image
Postprocessing images such as cut plots and surface plots can be
exported in various image formats, and also in the eDrawings format.
Where to Find It

Shortcut Menu: Right-click the Results folder and select Save
Image


CommandManager: Flow Simulation > Save Image
Menu: Tools, Flow Simulation, Results, Screen Capture,
Save Image
53 Save image as eDrawings.
Show all your result plots.
Right-click on the Results folder and select Save Image.
Select eDrawings as the format, and keep the default name
Project 1.easm.
Click Save.
The file will be saved in the directory associated with this project.
Close the property manager.
389
Fund3D.book Page 390 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
54 Open eDrawings file.
Navigate to the result folder associated with this project, and open
Project 1.easm by double-clicking on it.
eDrawings will open the model with all defined results plots.
All plots shown in the Flow Simulation feature tree will be included.
55 Save and Close.
Save and Close the assembly.
390
Fund3D.book Page 391 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
Discussion
We specified an inlet volume flow rate of 0.05 m^3/s and have verified
that this boundary condition was applied properly using Surface
Parameters and Goal Plots that this value was applied.
Due to conservation of mass, we also know that the total volume flow
rate into the manifold should equal the total volume flow rate out of the
manifold. We can verify that this is true using the Goal Plot and
looking at our goal for the Sum of outlet flow rates.
Furthermore, we would like to determine if the design of the manifold
will result in efficient engine performance. In the beginning of the
lesson, we said that the ideal situation would have similar flow through
all of the outlet ports. When looking at our goals, we can see that the
volume flow rate can vary significantly through the outlet ports. It is up
to the engineer to decide whether design modification would be
necessary to produce a more uniform outlet flow through each port.ì
Summary
In this lesson we learned how to set up a Flow Simulation project. The
Wizard was used to create all of the general settings of the analysis.
Both inlet and outlet boundary conditions were defined and a number
of goals were created. The results of the simulation was thoroughly
post-processed using many of the options available in SOLIDWORKS
Flow Simulation. The stages of flow simulation that were outlined in
this lesson will be followed throughout the book.
391
Fund3D.book Page 392 Monday, February 10, 2020 2:19 PM
Lesson 9
Creating a SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation Project
392
SOLIDWORKS 2020 - 2021